Changelog for kiwi-desc-oemboot-7.04.50-1.1.x86_64.rpm :

* Wed May 22 2019 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.50 released
* Wed May 22 2019 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed udev startup Due to a change in the udev rules an error in kiwi was triggered that outlines an incomplete udev startup sequence. This patch fixes the creation of the dev tree by udev and is related to bsc#1135762
* Tue May 21 2019 dcassanyAATTsuse.de- v7.04.49 released
* Tue May 21 2019 dcassanyAATTsuse.de- Set SERVER variable as expected by netboot code (#674) This commit sets $host from $SERVER variable if present and no $kiwiserver is given from the command line. The same criteria applies for $type and $SERVERTYPE variables. Fixes bsc#1133537
* Fri Feb 22 2019 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.48 released
* Thu Feb 21 2019 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed GCE image bundler and tarball name The GCE bundler still looks for the old name format and failed to find the image result. In addition the present name format for the tarball is missing the architecture information and did not follow pattern we use in kiwi-ng. This Fixes bsc#1126217
* Mon Feb 11 2019 githubbmwAATTlsmod.de- Sort filesystem listings (#672) so that kiwi works in a reproducible way in spite of indeterministic filesystem readdir order. See https://reproducible-builds.org/ for why this is good.
* Tue Dec 11 2018 dcassanyAATTsuse.de- v7.04.47 released
* Mon Dec 10 2018 dcassanyAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Fixup kiwi-tools requirement\" This reverts commit 48011560e322266ca7eb55601af35895a24bcbf5. Former kiwi should kiwi-tools package even if it does not define it in spec. In those cases it will be provided by python-kiwi package. The requirement should not be effected by the kiwitools conditional. Fixes bsc#1118306
* Wed Nov 21 2018 BischoffAATTusers.noreply.github.com- Replace \'ifplugd\' with \'auto\' in STARTMODE (#670) Rationale: ifplugd seems deprecated (at least it cannot be found in SLE 12 SP3). It was already removed from template/ix86/suse-SLE12-JeOS/config.xml in commit c1c1c602245348f725d41d1457de85aa5a6f3f34 . Fixes bsc#1116729
* Thu Sep 27 2018 davidcassanyAATTgmail.com- Do not support installation stick without boot partition (#668) Installation stick bootloader configuration fails for the installation image (installstick=\"true\") if the image is not configured to use a boot partition. Given the fact the same functionallity can be achieved building installation hybrid ISOs this specific configuration is not supported. This commit adds a runtime check to ensure this combination is not set in the description file. Fixes bsc#1107906
* Tue Sep 25 2018 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Fix the name of the tar archive generated for GCE images, they should not all be named the same.
* Mon Sep 17 2018 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.46 released
* Sun Sep 16 2018 scootergrisenAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Danish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Sep 13 2018 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Keep Infiniband drivers in the initrd + When building a VM that is intended for a host that has PCI pass through of IB hardware we need the IB drivers in the initrd to get the network detected properly
* Thu Sep 06 2018 daniel.dybingAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Norwegian Bokmål) Currently translated at 89.2% (25 of 28 strings)
* Mon Aug 13 2018 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.45 released
* Mon Aug 13 2018 msAATTsuse.de- Clear the terminal I/O before dialog Call the reset program to clear the terminal I/O prior to call the dialog program. This Fixes bsc#1095856
* Tue Jun 19 2018 msAATTsuse.de- Update README Add deprecation notice
* Thu Apr 12 2018 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.44 released
* Wed Apr 11 2018 msAATTsuse.de- Delete multiple mbrid match check The code to detect if multiple devices matches the mbr identifier conflicts with the possibility to see the root device on a multipath node
* Sun Mar 25 2018 nthnAATTunseen.is- Translated using Weblate (Dutch) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Mon Mar 12 2018 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.43 released
* Thu Mar 08 2018 xixireiAATTyahoo.es- Translated using Weblate (Galician) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sun Mar 04 2018 rainman.neuAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Turkish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Mar 01 2018 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup elog shell pid detection Startup of the debug shell happened as extra process from a setctsid call. The lookup of the process was based on a fuser call on the slelected tty. However it can happen that another process is also connected to the tty which does not allow for a stable detection of the debug shell process. This patch runs the debug shell as sub process of the calling terminal and uses the sub process pid This Fixes bsc#1075813
* Sat Feb 17 2018 davideaAATTnovilinguists.com- Translated using Weblate (Italian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Fri Feb 16 2018 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- v7.04.42 released
* Fri Feb 16 2018 davidcassanyAATTgmail.com- Set serial console configuration for grub for ec2 firmware and vhd-fixed format (bsc#1071135) (#664) Set serial console configuration for grub if ec2 firmware or vhd-fixed format is used This commit fixes bsc#1071135
* Thu Feb 08 2018 vistatecAATTglobaltextware.nl- Translated using Weblate (Dutch) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Fri Feb 02 2018 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- v7.04.41 released
* Thu Feb 01 2018 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Build initrd for every single kernel installed using dracut This commit fixes bsc#1075810. Author: anonymous <>
* Tue Jan 30 2018 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (English (United Kingdom)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Mon Jan 29 2018 robert.taiszAATTemerald.hu- Translated using Weblate (Hungarian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Mon Jan 29 2018 robert.taiszAATTemerald.hu- Translated using Weblate (Hungarian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Mon Jan 29 2018 davideaAATTnovilinguists.com- Translated using Weblate (Italian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Jan 25 2018 ewelina.michalowskaAATTstgambit.com- Translated using Weblate (Polish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Mon Nov 27 2017 elchevive68AATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Wed Nov 22 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.40 released
* Tue Nov 21 2017 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Tumbleweed templates: drop pam-modules dependency
* Tue Nov 21 2017 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- kiwi.spec: Prepare for Tumbleweed moving to suse_version 1550
* Mon Nov 13 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.39 released
* Sun Nov 12 2017 ftakeAATTgeeko.jp- KIWIImage: add grub2-mkimage prefix option grub2-mkimage on openSUSE Leap 42.3 now requires \"-p\" option. See also ece8cb9e
* Thu Nov 09 2017 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Keep Melanox and hyperv kernel modules in the initrd + Due to jitters in boot on Azure the drivers are not always found, keeping then in the initrd avoids the issue in the virtualized environment
* Thu Nov 09 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed blocksize setup in losetup The -L option was used to set the blocksize value for losetup However there is an option name clash between suse util-linux and upstream which now leads to the problem that option -L has changed its meaning and actually means --nooverlap which completely breaks the call in kiwi. This patch changes the call to use the long form --logical-blocksize. This Fixes bsc#1066873
* Fri Oct 13 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.38 released
* Thu Oct 12 2017 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Keep NVMe drivers in the initrd to support systems with the root filesystem on NVMe devices
* Wed Oct 04 2017 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Perl 5.26 compatibility: find .kiwirc explicitly in ./ Since Perl 5.26, \".\" is no longer part of AATTINC thus adding it explicitly to the .kiwirc path.
* Wed Oct 04 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.37 released
* Wed Oct 04 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup kiwi-tools requirement Follow up fix due to the conditional creation of the kiwi-tools sub package also the requires for the package on the base package must be conditional. Related to (bsc#1047291)
* Wed Sep 27 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.36 released
* Wed Sep 27 2017 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Fix Travis config file This commit forces Travis to make use of Ubuntu Precise as the build env, since by default it has been upgraded to Trusty and some tests were failing due to this change.
* Tue Sep 26 2017 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Fix vmdk disk convertion when using LVM This patch fixes bsc#1059715. Calling \'pvs --noheadings -o vg_name \' is not sufficient to get the volume name and to determine if LVM is being used, as it could happen that udev events are not yet processed, thus the is not yet properly mapped. With this patch blkid is being used to determine if the type of the requested partition is LVM and if so it proceeds to a polling strategy to call pvs tool until it succeeds. Timeout is set to 30 seconds.
* Tue Aug 29 2017 robert.paschedagAATTweb.de- Return \'string\' instead of an object Commit e75ae3af3588a90db0b6d544fa2f8a7eb866e5e9 changed the returned value of setupBTRFSSubVolumes to an object resulting in an error to create the image on btrfs.
* Tue Jul 18 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.35 released
* Tue Jul 18 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub bootloader setup for ec2 firmware In ec2 Xen is used but not detected as such by kiwi unless a domain configuration is provided in the image description. As this is a regression to the former behavior this patch makes sure the bootloader setup is appropriate depending on the firmware set to ec2|ec2hvm (bsc#1049178)
* Mon Jul 17 2017 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Do not include any suffix to the displayname value bsc#1029904 If displayname attribute in the description file is used we should not include any kind of suffix to that value. With this patch the grub2 menu entry does not include the image type suffix if the displayname option is used. Fixes bsc#1029904
* Fri Jul 14 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up spec file fix for kiwi-pxeboot build Build failed due to installed but unpackaged tftpboot files This commit completes the conditional building of the sub package kiwi-pxeboot. Related to (bsc#1047291)
* Thu Jul 13 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Limit creation of kiwi-pxeboot sub package Create kiwi-pxeboot package only for openSUSE <= 13.2 and SLE <= SLE12SP2. In any other case the kiwi-pxeboot package will be provided by the next generation python-kiwi packages. Related to (bsc#1047291)
* Tue Jul 11 2017 karlAATThuftis.org- Translated using Weblate (Norwegian Nynorsk) Currently translated at 3.5% (1 of 28 strings)
* Tue Jul 11 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.34 released
* Tue Jul 11 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Limit creation of kiwi-tools sub package Create kiwi-tools package only for openSUSE <= 13.2 and SLE <= SLE12SP2. In any other case the kiwi-tools package will be provided by the next generation python-kiwi packages. Fixes (bsc#1047291)
* Tue Jun 13 2017 javierAATTopensuse.org- Translated using Weblate (Spanish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Jun 08 2017 scootergrisenAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Danish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Jun 08 2017 scootergrisenAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Danish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sat Jun 03 2017 opensuse.lietuviu.kalbaAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)- Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) Currently translated at 96.4% (27 of 28 strings)
* Thu Jun 01 2017 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Fix baseSystemdCall method, fixes bsc#1041815 This commit fixes the parameters passed to the systemd calls, with the patch `baseService nfs-server off` can be executed without issues.
* Mon May 29 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Update README Link style fixes
* Mon May 29 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Update README reference next generation code base and docs
* Mon May 29 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.33 released
* Mon May 29 2017 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Fix spelling of \'processor\' https://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=957927
* Mon May 29 2017 k0daAATTopensuse.org- remove duplicated code IPADDR is assigned within dhclientImportInfo Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Fri May 19 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.32 released
* Thu May 18 2017 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Get the first two characters of the gdisk partition code output According to the gdisk documentationi, gdisk maps the partitions IDs to the MBR codes, but they are multiplied by 0x0100 in hexa. Meaning 0x8300 code is equivalent to 0x83 in MBR. This commit only considers the first two characters of the sgdisk partition code output. With this change the partition types are comparable, regardless of using MBR or GPT.
* Thu May 18 2017 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Fixes OEM deployments on a free partition, bnc#1039469 This commit updates the boot code for oem images. In case oem-partition-install flag was set, the boot code was not capable to find an appropriate partition due to not attaching properly the raw image as a loopback device. KIWI was calling \'losetup\' command with wrong arguments. Fixes bnc#1039469
* Mon May 08 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.31 released
* Thu May 04 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed detection of Xen PV guest The method isXen was used to check if the paravirtual kernel kernel-xen is used and if so it influences the setup of the bootloader. In newer versions there is no kernel-xen anymore and its capabilities were moved into the pvops kernel provided with the standard kernel-default package. Thus one kernel can now serve for pv, hvm and dom0 images. Because of that there is no other way than specifying the target Xen use case as part of the image description. The information can be provided in the doman setup of the machine configuratin with:- domain=\"dom0\"- domain=\"domU\"- domain=\"domU-PV\" The new domU-PV value allows to specify that this image is going to be used as a xen para virtual guest. The standard domU value will setup the bootloader in a way that it is usable as \"real\" bootloader in an hvmloader Xen guest. Fixes (bsc#1036198)
* Fri Mar 24 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.30 released
* Thu Mar 23 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup boot setup in uefi mode Revert \"Delete obsolete shim code from kiwi\", because it was not obsolete for setting up an iso image to boot via the shim secure boot module. Also revert \"Follow up fix for not writing grub.cfg to EFI dir\", as this is also needed for the setup of an efi bootable iso image (bsc#1030740)
* Thu Mar 09 2017 gmoroAATTsuse.de- Fix doc typos
* Wed Mar 08 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.29 released
* Tue Mar 07 2017 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Make sure the disk symlink is removed before moving ovf folder This commit deletes a relative symlink of the vmx disk before moving ovf files from a temporary folder to the destination folder. Fixes #633
* Tue Feb 21 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.28 released
* Tue Feb 21 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Wait for network drivers to pass init Each network interface will be switched off for a short moment when the kernel network driver is loaded. During that time the link status information would be misleading. Thus we wait a short time before the link status check is started
* Mon Feb 20 2017 shshyukrievAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (Bulgarian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Feb 16 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed waitForLinkUp and setIPLinkUp The setIPLinkUp method did not handle the return value of the waitForLinkUp call and always returned success even if waitForLinkUp ran into a timeout The waitForLinkUp method was improved in a way that it does not wait if the link detection discovered the interface is unplugged. The detection if a cable is connected or not only works if the ifplugstatus tool was found in the initrd
* Thu Feb 09 2017 fsAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo (bsc #984158)
* Wed Feb 08 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.27 released
* Fri Feb 03 2017 k0daAATTopensuse.org- Prevent quoted domain name We\'re getting domain name by parsion a lease file. Unfortunately in lease file domain name is quoted, which breaks linux resolver. This commit gets domainname unquoted Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Thu Jan 26 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.26 released
* Thu Jan 26 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup setupMachineID Cleaning up existing machine id files by deleting them causes an interactive session to be started by systemd This is something we don\'t want. As the consequences of touching the machine id files seems to be too critical the method has been turned into a hook caller. This allows the user to make use of it on their own purpose and by default doesn\'t mess with the machine id files This Fixes #628
* Thu Jan 26 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.25 released
* Wed Jan 25 2017 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Validate package memtest86+ is present for Memory Test This commits adds a validation to verify memtest86+ package is included in the kiwi description file before including the \'Memory Test\' entry in the grub configuration. It applies for ISO images. This fixes bnc#1014150
* Tue Jan 24 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.24 released
* Tue Jan 24 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Change processing of setupMachineID Instead of creating new machine ids for systemd and dbus the method now cleans up all existing machine ids and leave it up to systemd to initialize and create new ids. This allows to make use of the native way how systemd retrieves and handles machine ids
* Thu Jan 19 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.23 released
* Thu Jan 19 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Initialize the systemd machine ID on first boot The systemd machine id is considered to be a unique information Thus it is required to initialize it on first boot of the image. If the image uses the kiwi boot code (initrd) this action is performed and and Fixes #624
* Tue Jan 17 2017 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.22 released
* Tue Jan 17 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Allow unix device names in oem-unattended-id setup
* Tue Jan 17 2017 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t delete ip tools from oemboot network tools are needed for oem disk deployment via pxe
* Sat Dec 24 2016 suszaraaAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Polish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Mon Dec 19 2016 pmantziosAATThotmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Greek) Currently translated at 89.2% (25 of 28 strings)
* Fri Dec 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.21 released
* Mon Nov 28 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Control volume variables order in .profile This commits modifies KIWIProfileFile::writeProfile behavior in order to write in special order the variables of the LVM volumes. The sorting criteria is based on the mount point, this way we prevent nested mount points to be mounted in wrong order.
* Fri Nov 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.20 released
* Thu Nov 24 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed expansion of msdos disks If the target disk size is beyond 2TB it can\'t be expanded to the full size if the msdos partition table layout is in use. Because of this the disk expansion will be limited to the allowed maximum for the msdos partition table type which is at 2TB. This fixes bnc#1010966
* Fri Nov 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.19 released
* Fri Nov 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed release network using ip tool Apply the cidr fix from setupNic and introduce a new method called deleteNic which replaces the wrong ip call from the releaseNetwork method. Fixes bnc#1003091
* Fri Nov 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Move bootloader_cmdline to etc For netboot images the information should be permanently available Thus the former tmp location was not suitable. Fixes bnc#1009032
* Thu Nov 17 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.18 released
* Thu Nov 17 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup lease time in setupNetworkWicked The default lease time with 300s used by wicked is relatively short and different from the default lease time of the former dhcpcd. This change causes wicked to use a lease time of 3600s This is related to bnc#1003091
* Thu Nov 17 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup default behavior of releaseNetwork If no tool was found to communicate with the dhcp server in order to free the lease the method did nothing. However it should at least bring down the network. This is related to bnc#1003091
* Wed Nov 16 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup setupNic for address information in cidr Ignore netmask if address is already in cidr format
* Tue Nov 15 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Lazy umount for the chrooted environment With this commit the mount points that fail to umount when trying a regular umount, a lazy umount is applied. This can be helpful in case the installation of some service in the chrooted environment created/opened something inside a mount point preventing it to be unmounted immediately. This commit is related with the issue bnc#1008898
* Tue Nov 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Refactoring of getKernelBootParameters Instead of trying to extract the cmdline information from the various bootloader config files we now write a metadata file which contains this information as result of the bootloader configuration
* Tue Nov 15 2016 alessio.adamoAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Italian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Tue Nov 15 2016 alessio.adamoAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Italian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Fri Nov 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup netboot code for multipath boot device If the root disk in a netboot deployment is a multipath device we have to make sure the multipathd is started and the boot device is mapped to the wwn
* Thu Nov 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Add reading of kernel boot params from grub.cfg The method getKernelBootParameters has been extended to be able to read the kernel boot params also from boot/grub2/grub.cfg This fixes bnc#1009032
* Tue Nov 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.17 released
* Tue Nov 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Delete obsolete pluginsdir from pre-commit
* Tue Nov 08 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Testing isoinfo binary correctly In method \'isols()\' isoinfo command line tool is used, however the binary was opened before testing if it existed. Apparently the open perl function was not returning an error if the file did not exist. So in the case that isoinfo was not located in /usr/bin/isoinfo the open command was not failing, hence never trying to open the fallback location /usr/lib/genisoimage/isoinfo. This commit fixes #614.
* Mon Nov 07 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- ActivateImage links correction and read-only test This commit is related to bnc#1006834. Loading the iso image into a read-only ramdisk caused some issues due to the activatImage method cp commands. With this commit the symlinks are consistent during the preinit phase and also before running the cp command it is tested we are not in a read-only filesystem.
* Mon Nov 07 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.16 released
* Mon Nov 07 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup XML info reported size unit The value is a byte value not a Kbytes value
* Mon Nov 07 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.15 released
* Mon Nov 07 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup ip setup in setupNic The invocation of ip in setupNic was invalid. The way this was done causes the netmask to be set as broadcast address Related to bnc#1003091
* Thu Nov 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.14 released
* Thu Nov 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.13 released
* Thu Nov 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed mountSystemClicFS for older distributions On e.g sle11 the ext4 filesystem support is available in read only mode by default. In order to allow read/write access the filesystem parameters needs to be adapted which can be done by writing to /sys/module/ext4/parameters/rw if present
* Thu Nov 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in comments clicfs container is an ext4 not ext3
* Wed Nov 02 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- UpdateOtherDeviceFstab method was not keeping the first argument updateOtherDeviceFstab is method responsible to include the fstab lines needed to mount additional partitions (apart from swap and root) defined in the description file. This methid had an error overwriting the variable $1 witht the value of $2, which is always empty, as the method it is never used with more than a single parameter.
* Wed Nov 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.12 released
* Wed Nov 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed waitForStorageDevice Value for storage_size was not really used
* Wed Nov 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.11 released
* Wed Nov 02 2016 syafaatkukuhAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Indonesian) Currently translated at 14.2% (4 of 28 strings)
* Tue Nov 01 2016 hayyan71AATTyahoo.com- Translated using Weblate (Persian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Mon Oct 31 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure kiwiserver/kiwiservertype is used If kiwiserver and/or kiwiservertype is specified on the kernel commandline they should take over precedence for up- and download of image files compared to the host setup in the IMAGE variable.
* Mon Oct 31 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.10 released
* Mon Oct 31 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed lease request in wicked call bnc#1003091
* Mon Oct 31 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.9 released
* Thu Oct 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Put setupNetworkWicked in line with former dhcpcd The way setupNetworkWicked implements the dhcp discovery was incomplete. This Fixes bnc#1003091
* Thu Oct 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup assembling of mdraid array when udev discovers an mdraid array it partially starts the array. That is interfering with the mdadm --assemble call by kiwi which leads to a busy state and an array in inactive state. Therefore the method should wait until the raid array really exists no matter if the assembling is started by udev or kiwi\'s mdadm call. In addition if the array got assembled but is incomplete because devices are missing or the timout is fired, an additional call to start any array that has been partially assembled is required. pxeRaidAssemble will throw an exception if after this call no md device with a size > 0 will show up after a timeout. This Fixes bnc#1000742
* Thu Oct 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup waitForStorageDevice The function will return success if the size of the storage device can be obtained and is greater than zero. The pure success on reading from the block layer is not enough. In order to actually work with the device it must provide a size > 0. Related to bnc#1000742
* Tue Oct 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.8 released
* Tue Oct 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Only one changelog section is allowed
* Tue Oct 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure an empty %changelog tag exists
* Tue Oct 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- No longer write a %changelog section in the spec For some reason the packaging concept no longer needs a changelog section in the spec file. Most likely the build service scripts now generates those information from the .changes file which lead to duplicate changelog information in the package
* Fri Oct 21 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.7 released
* Wed Oct 19 2016 andrew.chaceAATTgmail.com- Fixed a rounding error in partedMBToCylinder(): bc truncates number of cylinders to zero decimal places, which results in a partition that is slightly smaller than the requested size. Add one cylinder to compensate.
* Wed Oct 19 2016 adrianAATTsuse.de- drop kiwi-instsource-plugins It got moved to https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi-instsource-plugins
* Wed Oct 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.6 released
* Tue Oct 11 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Fixing wrong spaces
* Tue Oct 11 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Make sure there is no splash present when download dialogs appear
* Tue Oct 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of etc/crypttab The method setupCryptTab creates etc/crypttab from the given storage device. However in a raid setup the correct /dev/mdX device needs to be used and not one of the storage devices in the raid array. Fixes bnc#1003595
* Tue Oct 11 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Solving some broken dialogs HideSplash method used to hide the splash only if there was an active console, however the dialogs appear broken if the splash isn\'t hidden and in some cases is hard to check if there is an active consoles (i.e. after umount /sys or mount --move /dev /mnt/dev).\\ This commit fixes bnc#997085
* Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.5 released
* Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t lookup a tool if it is not necessary Fixup runtime check for iso tool check
* Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.4 released
* Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t lookup a tool if it is not necessary
* Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.3 released
* Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Build require an iso creation tool to pass checks
* Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup wicked DNS data validation wicked provides DNS info in DNSSERVERS with a space as separator and not with a \',\' as it was the case in dhcpcd
* Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.2 released
* Mon Oct 10 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Remove cdrkit-cdrtools-compat from requirements
* Thu Oct 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.01 released
* Mon Oct 03 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Added support for mkisofs in addition to genisoimage
* Removed \'allow-limited-size\' which is not supported by mkisofs
* fixCatalog was returning null even if is was not failing
* regex for parsing isoinfo output has been improved to support mkisofs format
* Sat Oct 01 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- do not use ramdisk for rw, using tmpfs is more efficient
* Tue Sep 27 2016 elchevive68AATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Tue Sep 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.96 released
* Tue Sep 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure netboot code populates kiwi_RootPart For disk based images the file config.partids is written and imported. However, for netboot stations a disk is optional and no partids information exists. In order to provide at least the partition number for the root partition on netboot stations with a disk, the kiwi_RootPart is exported from the provided client configuration file. Fixes bnc#1000194
* Thu Sep 22 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Custom device timeout variable added This commit patches the issue bnc#992992. Now DEVICE_TIMEOUT variable can be used in order to set the device waiting timeout in watForStorageDevice function. Must be a numeric value expressed in seconds.
* Mon Sep 19 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.95 released
* Mon Sep 19 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.94 released
* Sun Sep 18 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- tab to spaces
* Sun Sep 18 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- ip link ls output is unreliable on some interfaces, when available use ifplugstatus instead
* Thu Sep 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.93 released
* Thu Sep 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"waitForStorageDevice patch\" The logic to setup a wait timeout by asking a device property from a device which does not yet exist raises a chicken and egg problem. This reverts commit 9654d53e3c4a500a4e3a7e5cc8d40a56e0da6525.
* Thu Sep 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for setupNetworkWicked IP address information from wicked is imported twice. However the plain IPv4 address validation happened only on the first import. Fixes bnc#992989
* Sun Sep 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message typo (bnc#996255)
* Thu Aug 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.92 released
* Thu Aug 25 2016 pnhoang96AATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Vietnamese) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Wed Aug 24 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup elilo.conf append setup append parameter was filled with an undefined variable It should contain the information from $cmdline
* Tue Aug 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.91 released
* Tue Aug 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed bootloader configuration custom kernel parameters should be added to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX and not GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT Fixes bnc#994910
* Mon Aug 22 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- waitForStorageDevice patch This solves the issue bnc#992992. Now waitForStorageDevice method has set a timeout of 4 seconds instead of 60 if the device is a usb. GetDeviceTransportType method has been added in order to determine device type (usb, sata, etc.)
* Tue Aug 16 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.90 released
* Tue Aug 16 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Preserve timestamp on grub2-install copy In order to workaround the bug in shim-install which unnecessarily calls grub2-install we replace the binary by a noop before calling shim-install. However all file attributes of the grub2-install binary, timestamp, modes, etc should stay untouched (bnc#993825)
* Thu Aug 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.89 released
* Thu Aug 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupNetworkWicked IP address information from wicked dhcp reply consists out of two parts but we are only interested in the plain IPv4 address information at this point. Fixes bnc#992989
* Thu Aug 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure DHCPCHADDR is uppercase Fixes bnc#992988
* Thu Aug 04 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.88 released
* Thu Aug 04 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed device setup for initrd only disk images
* Wed Aug 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.87 released
* Wed Aug 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of undefined firmware value
* Wed Aug 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupBootLoaderConfiguration Theme setup should be optional. The bootloader setup should allow for working without a graphics boot theme setup
* Wed Aug 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value in string eq
* Mon Aug 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.86 released
* Mon Aug 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- netboot code for rhel only added on x86 atm
* Mon Aug 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.85 released
* Mon Aug 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Package rhel netboot descriptions
* Wed Jul 27 2016 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- mini iso: Pass kexec=1 to linuxrc (boo#990374)
* Wed Jul 27 2016 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Duplicate openSUSE-13.2 to openSUSE-Tumbleweed
* Mon Jul 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.84 released
* Mon Jul 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- insserv please just do what I want from you force remove of service
* Mon Jul 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.83 released
* Mon Jul 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for insserv is not a chkconfig When changing the call from chkconfig to insserv also the caller syntax changes.
* Mon Jul 25 2016 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Trivial: Fix spelling of openSUSE
* Mon Jul 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.82 released
* Mon Jul 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed changelog generator
* Mon Jul 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.81 released
* Mon Jul 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t ask to start recovery in unattended mode
* Mon Jul 18 2016 k0daAATTopensuse.org- Support GPT for pxedeploy Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Sun Jul 17 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkSelectedBootLoaderIncluded check When explicitly specifying in config.xml the version of grub to be used, the __checkSelectedBootLoaderIncluded() function in KIWIRuntimeChecker.pm doesn\'t work properly. This issue is that the comparison is done against \"grub=\" which will never match \"grub\"
* Wed Jul 13 2016 andrey.arapovAATTnixaid.com- insserv is not a chkconfig
* Mon Jul 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.80 released
* Sun Jul 10 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- prefer newer overlayfs, otherwise mount succeeds in compat mode but live image fail to boot/exhibit weird symptoms
* Sat Jul 09 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- prefer newer overlayfs, otherwise mount succeeds in compat mode but live image fail to boot/exhibit weird symptoms
* Fri Jul 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.79 released
* Fri Jul 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Message commit for bug reference Fixup of VMware disk tag references (bnc#988087)
* Fri Jul 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.78 released
* Wed Jul 06 2016 jmasonAATTsuse.com- Conditionally prefix encoding to vmware disk tag Prior code was always adding the encoding statement to vmware disk tag; in the event it is already present there\'s no need to add it a second time.
* Wed Jul 06 2016 jmasonAATTsuse.com- Remove null padding on the vmware disk tag The block of data read via dd is null padded; adding the tools data after the padding breaks detection of the data. We need to remove the nulls (0x0) so appends can occur adjacent to the block of strings.
* Wed Jul 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.77 released
* Wed Jul 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fix potential timing issue after vgchange After activation of the volume group with vgchange an udev wait until the volume device nodes exists should be performed
* Tue Jun 28 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.76 released
* Tue Jun 28 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl installation prior to the zipl installation some parameters are read from the disk file. kiwi ran another loopsetup call on the raw disk file to get those values. However while the raw disk is already loop setup by another loop device this causes problems when calling fdasd on the new loop. This patch prevents another loopsetup call and operates on the given block device
* Mon Jun 27 2016 k0daAATTopensuse.org- Add RHEL7 netboot descriptions Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Tue Jun 21 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.75 released
* Fri Jun 17 2016 k0daAATTopensuse.org- Don\'t run updateMTAB on RHEL6 systems RHEL6 doesn\'t have /etc/mtab as a link. Let\'s keep original behaviour Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Fri Jun 17 2016 k0daAATTopensuse.org- Fix RHEL6 bootloader install RHEL expects /etc/grub.conf to be a symlink to /boot/grub/grub.conf, lets fix a condition where we enter that specific path. Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Tue Jun 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.74 released
* Tue Jun 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of install stick The bind mountpoint boot directory needs to be created It\'s not enough to assume the boot mount point exists in any case.
* Tue Jun 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of container configuration An empty fstab file is created, the former deletion of a potentially existing fstab failed if no such file existed
* Sun Jun 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.73 released
* Sun Jun 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure package cache dir is managed Fix spec file to create and manage /var/cache/kiwi/packages
* Mon Jun 06 2016 iAATTmarguerite.su- Translated using Weblate (Chinese (China)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Mon Jun 06 2016 iAATTmarguerite.su- Translated using Weblate (Chinese (China)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Mon May 30 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.72 released
* Mon May 30 2016 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix hash key handling for perl 5.24 (boo#981080)
* Sun May 29 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.71 released
* Sun May 29 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Delete vmxboot dracut optimization For vmx type images, dracut was called in background to speedup the boot process. However this could cause a race condition together with grub2-mkconfig. If grub2-mkconfig is called but dracut has not yet created the initrd, grub2 creates a configuration file without an initrd. The result boot setup is not able to reboot the system because the initrd is not loaded. This fixes (bnc#982092)
* Wed May 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.70 released
* Wed May 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.69 released
* Wed May 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added readonly check for persistent data When creating a partition for persistent data, check if the device class has the readonly flag set before trying to write anything there. Fixes #576
* Tue May 24 2016 adrianAATTsuse.de- tag debug and source medias in rpm-md meta data (bnc#980871)
* Mon May 09 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.68 released
* Mon May 09 2016 schwabAATTsuse.de- Add aarch64_ilp32 to the list of known architectures
* Thu May 05 2016 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Add aarch64_ilp32 support This is the -32bit variant of aarch64. Right now only needed for install medias.
* Tue May 03 2016 adrianAATTsuse.de- new sle12-sp2 media style default patterns are now provides and not recommends
* Mon May 02 2016 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- implement experimental headersonly build
* Wed Apr 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t create default fstab file Follow up fix for bnc#964472. A kiwi generated fstab file is not required to build the image
* Tue Apr 26 2016 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Tue Apr 26 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed documentation style indexterms must be in para element. Fixes #568
* Mon Apr 25 2016 xeinAATTnaver.com- Translated using Weblate (Korean) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Apr 21 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Update README
* Mon Apr 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.67 released
* Mon Apr 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Add part_msdos module for self build EFI image On ARM we have a few hooks in kiwi that allow us to adapt the resulting image to target boards. On some systems, we need to install the firmware to hardware specified sector offsets on the image target (sd card). Unfortunately some systems demand firmware at sector 1 which is where the GPT would usually reside. So we need to use an MBR partition layout. We can convert the GPT into an MBR using gdisk in our ARM scripts, but at that point grub2 would have to be able to interpret the MBR as well. So we need the \"msdos_part\" module included (bnc#975898)
* Mon Apr 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for not writing grub.cfg to EFI dir With the move to grub2-install and also shim-install the static copy of the grub configuration into the EFI boot directory became obsolete (bnc#968270)
* Mon Apr 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.66 released
* Mon Apr 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi-pxeboot package setup The package was marked noarch but has architecture dependant requirements. Therefore it can\'t be marked noarch (bnc#974651)
* Mon Apr 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed oem and vmx buildservice boot requires The packages kiwi-desc-oemboot-requires and kiwi-desc-vmxboot-requires did not explicitly require grub2 or the architecture specific efi module packages for the arm architectures. The requirement was added by the contents of the arm boot image descriptions. However those packages will not be part of the boot image descriptions in the near future and thus the buildservice needs them to be referenced explicitly in the spec file
* Mon Apr 11 2016 alexandros.vennAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Greek) Currently translated at 89.2% (25 of 28 strings)
* Wed Apr 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.65 released
* Wed Apr 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed ppc setup of etc/default/grub_installdevice On power grub must be installed into the Prep partition into the master boot record of the disk
* Mon Apr 04 2016 schreinerAATTsuse.de- plugin for new createrepo_c in kiwi
* Thu Mar 31 2016 xeinAATTnaver.com- Translated using Weblate (Korean) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Mar 31 2016 malham1AATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Arabic) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Wed Mar 30 2016 nthnAATTunseen.is- Translated using Weblate (Dutch) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sun Mar 27 2016 eiosifidisAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Greek) Currently translated at 85.7% (24 of 28 strings)
* Wed Mar 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12-community-JeOS to SP1 repos
* Mon Mar 21 2016 christian.braunerAATTmailbox.org- have tar preserve all xattrs By default tar will only preserve a subset of the capabilities with --xattrs. Adding --xattrs-include=
* should preserve all capabilities (e.g. user.
*, security.capability etc.). Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner
* Fri Mar 18 2016 rsassuAATTsuse.de- bootImage: don\'t copy initial ram disk content to /run/initramfs We should avoid copying the initial ram disk content to a tmpfs filesystem, especially on low memory systems (bsc#963276). Signed-off-by: Roberto Sassu
* Fri Mar 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Refactor case statement in udevStart two case blocks with one condition each makes a case selection obsolete
* Wed Mar 16 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Delete obsolete shim code from kiwi This has been replaced by the use of shim-install
* Mon Mar 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.64 released
* Mon Mar 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Added pv kernel profile\" There is no kernel-pv This reverts commit 8ca75eeee4bd7999a20ed050d9ebe4ba75607c5d.
* Sun Mar 13 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.63 released
* Sun Mar 13 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Use shim-install to setup EFI secure boot This fixes (bnc#968475)
* Fri Mar 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added pv kernel profile
* Wed Mar 09 2016 rsassuAATTsuse.de- Execute haveged in udevStart This ensure there is at least a source of entropy for /dev/random when the fips mode is enabled. Without it, VMware virtual machines hang at boot (bsc#964204). Signed-off-by: Roberto Sassu
* Fri Mar 04 2016 asaraiAATTsuse.com- rpm: require tar>=1.2.7 for --xattrs support tar 1.2.6 and earlier doesn\'t have support for the --xattrs options (which is necessary in order to build valid Docker image root filesystems). Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai
* Fri Mar 04 2016 asaraiAATTsuse.com- travis: install newest version of GNU tar from trusty source--xattrs support was added quite some time ago, but Travis doesn\'t seem to have a recent enough version of GNU tar. Realistically, most up-to-date systems do, so we can just install the latest version here. In order to install the latest version, we have to build it from the Ubuntu 14.04 source repo. Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai
* Fri Mar 04 2016 asaraiAATTsuse.com- modules: KIWIContainerBuilder: preserve xattrs tar doesn\'t preserve extended attributes by default, causing Docker images to not have any correct set-capabilities bits set on binaries such as ping. Fix this by adding the --xattrs flag to the tar command run to generate the root filesystem image. Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai
* Fri Mar 04 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.62 released
* Thu Mar 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.61 released
* Thu Mar 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed gce disk format The order of the files in the tarball is important. The first entry must be the manifest.json followed by disk.raw. In addition the style of the manifest.json has been adapted too. A space after colon seems to be required for gce to accept the data
* Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.60 released
* Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed global mount method There could be a max of four partitions in the image setup bios_grub/prep | EFI | boot | root. Thus the search should expect the layout correctly. Fixes #554
* Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.59 released
* Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Quote repository alias Fixes #545
* Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Keep yum package package Fixes #553
* Tue Mar 01 2016 aplanasAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (Spanish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Tue Mar 01 2016 aplanasAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (English (United States)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t write grub.cfg to EFI directory Originally the file was written there as reference, but nothing will ever update that file if the real grub configuration changes. Thus it doesn\'t make sense to provide this information (bnc#968270)
* Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Avoid lvcreate to ask for wiping swap signature When kiwi creates the logical volume for the swap space and there is already a swap signature at the place on disk, lvm stops and asks what to do with it. This should be generally avoided at that stage in the boot process Fixes (bnc#968601)
* Thu Feb 25 2016 guillaume.gardetAATTopensuse.org- Translated using Weblate (French) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Tue Feb 23 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- quiet umount /proc error of missing mtab
* Tue Feb 23 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- run exec >/dev/null after screen clears in quiet mode
* Tue Feb 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.58 released
* Tue Feb 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed shell syntax in grub2 template Fixes (bnc#961334)
* Mon Feb 22 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.57 released
* Mon Feb 22 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Refactor suseStripKernel The way the method downsizes the kernel tree is wrong in several places and very hard to read. Therefore the code has been refactored and splitted into task methods which can run independently from each other. As one result the kernel tree is not missing any metadata and/or update weak-updates paths anymore. Fixes (bnc#965830)
* Mon Feb 22 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.56 released
* Sun Feb 21 2016 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Fix filesystem check on boot In the refactoring fc363cc06, the parameters of checkFileSystem got changed to expect the device name, but one of the invocations didn\'t pass down the device name due to a typo.
* Sat Feb 20 2016 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Remove grub2 from the armv6/v7 initrd Grub2 adds 35MB to the initrd for no reason on armv6/v7, as those images use u-boot scripts for booting.
* Sat Feb 20 2016 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Remove flush before resize filesystem According to the manpage, -F is flushing the fileystem buffer caches. which is only really useful for doing resize2fs time trials. With current Tumbleweed installed on MMC, -F triggers a Inappropriate ioctl for device while trying to flush error, and then fails to resize.
* Thu Feb 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Feb 17 2016 robert.paschedagAATTweb.de- Do not activate dmraid paritions This only activates the device itself, not the partitions, that may also exist. If partitions exist, the UDEV rules will create the corresponding \"_partX\" symlinks for each partition within \"/dev/mapper, which are totally sufficient.
* Mon Feb 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.55 released
* Mon Feb 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- s390: Don\'t strip ctc_configure from initrd
* Sat Feb 13 2016 atalanttoreAATTgooglemail.com- Translated using Weblate (German) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) Author: Bernhard M. Wiedemann
* Thu Feb 11 2016 atalanttoreAATTgooglemail.com- doc: fix typo Author: Bernhard M. Wiedemann
* Thu Feb 11 2016 atalanttoreAATTgooglemail.com- make xml example valid the tag needs to remain open here.
* Thu Feb 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.54 released
* Thu Feb 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed validation of custom root cmdline variable A variable of the format root=LABEL=x was not correctly validated
* Wed Feb 10 2016 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Enable pvops builds for EC2
* Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.53 released
* Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed disk bundler for install stick target The bundler looked up the wrong extension. This fixes #542
* Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Preserve package cache only if it exists
* Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.52 released
* Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of noglob shell option
* Wed Feb 03 2016 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- output correct sha256 file whether or not the argument to $sha->addfile is absolute doesn\'t actually matter as $sha->hexdigest never outputs any file name. We have to add the file name ourselves. Reason for the confusion is code in OBS\'s build script that under certain conditions computes the sha256sum file itself. So this code here was never used where it actually matters. This reverts commit 97b92d0e0a58cdd237b109efbf843b6057172164.
* Wed Feb 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.51 released
* Wed Feb 03 2016 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- always sign bundled result no matter what the output format is we want OBS to add a gpg signature on the result. Therefore always also produce a .sha256 sums file for that purpose.
* Wed Feb 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed updateRootDeviceFstab Support by-label mount entries for btrfs subvolumes This fixes bnc#964474
* Tue Feb 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t add kernel filesystems to fstab Systems with systemd which this kiwi version aims for, doesn\'t need proc, sysfs, debugfs and friends to be part of the fstab This fixes bnc#964472
* Mon Feb 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Update rhel6 template Added Vagrantfile to build via dice
* Mon Feb 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Update rhel6 template delete unused oracle linux build target
* Fri Jan 29 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.50 released
* Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Allow system to be installed on btrfs snapshot This fixes (bnc#946648)
* Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Put kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot to boot profile This is related to (bnc#946648)
* Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Evaluate kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot in boot code If set it\'s required to mount the subvolumes like it is done with lvm volumes. In addition this patch fixes the update of the fstab file which has to contain an entry for each subvolume excluding snapshots and the toplevel This is related to (bnc#946648)
* Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added get/set(er) for btrfs_root_is_snapshot attr This is related to (bnc#946648)
* Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added btrfs_root_is_snapshot attribute This is related to (bnc#946648)
* Wed Jan 20 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed pxe type setup for s390 SLE12-community-JeOS
* Wed Jan 20 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added util-linux to SLE12-community-JeOS for s390
* Thu Jan 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.49 released
* Tue Jan 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use filesystem specific mount option When mounting the read write filesystem, prevent using filesystem specific options like barrier
* Tue Jan 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Use HYBRID_EXT4_OPTS in fat container filesystem
* Tue Jan 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Check read write filesystem prior to mounting If a filesystem type could be identified on the read write partition check it before mounting to eliminate a potential dirty state
* Tue Jan 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Cascade exfat mount try normal mount first, if this does not work try fuse mount Normally this is done automatically by the mount program but if not we will give the direct fuse mount a chance
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make createFileSystem more robust When passing in a loop file instead of a device name, the method should be smart enough to handle the name without shell evaluation
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Compile rnc -> rng
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for exfat as hybrid filesystem In addition to fat also exfat is now supported as persistent write filesystem. Because of the limitations of a fat filesystem fat and exfat are only used as a container filesystem providing an ext4 linux filesystem as a cowfile. The algorithm to create the size of the cow file has also been changed to use half of the size of the write partition or on fat a max size of 4G. The size of the cowfile is also prepared to become overwritten. However the XML definition and implementation to do this is still missing
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Reread partition table after hybrid setup The hybrid write partition is created via fdisk. Some version of fdisk does not send the ioctl to let the kernel reread the table or fdisk itself holds it busy. Thus we actively initiate a reread via blockdev
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Optimize ext4 hybrid write filesystem options Optimized for 512kB erase block size
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Use mount options to increase overlay performace For overlay filesystems not writing into a tmpfs performance is more important than safety. We use this combination of options for now, if you encounter stability problems please let us know
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Use -f force option for extX filesystem checker
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Refactor and cleanup setupReadWrite Fix misleading error message and refactor the code to be less complex and more clear in the processing of tasks
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Allow custom cowfile name for persistent data Instead of a fixed name \'cowfile\' we allow a custom name which is predefined in HYBRID_PERSISTENT_FILENAME and prepared to become overwritten by an XML defintion whose implementation will follow later. Reason for the change is that a cowfile is visible as plain data file to the operating system if e.g used on a live stick. It should be more clear to the user what this file is good for
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Protect mkfs.exfat from being deleted Added to the strip tools section in order to keep it in the initrd
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for exfat creation and probing In preparation to use exfat instead of vfat in a loop container for persistent data it\'s required to provide support for mkfs.exfat
* Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make loop_setup and loop_delete more robust The methods did not cope well with filenames containing bash characters with special meaning e.g spaces. For use with a iso hybrid cowfile whose name is visible in the OS the methods should be able to work with any given filename
* Sat Dec 26 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- fix message of missing command
* Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.48 released
* Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed import of kernel parameters including spaces Kernel parameters like PRODUCT_TYPE=“PRODUCT BANANA” breaks the code in includeKernelParameters. This patch allows spaces for values in a way that it replaces the embedded whitespace with \\030 before parsing and then reverting after parsing. Thanks to Jay Nitikman for providing the patch
* Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed uninstall target for buildroot use case
* Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.47 released
* Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed LUKS setup for dracut The system image has to provide /etc/crypttab to allow dracut to create a working initrd for reboot. In addition the name of the luks map must be \'luks\' to make dracut happy.
* Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installation of documentation
* Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update documentation Also put each doc target into its own directory
* Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete binary picture data
* Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete unmaintained documentation sources
* Tue Dec 22 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Stylecheck
* Tue Dec 22 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Specllchecked
* Tue Dec 22 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 13: Appliance and Migration
* Tue Dec 22 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 12: XEN chapter
* Tue Dec 22 2015 afaerberAATTsuse.de- Handle /boot/vc files for Raspberry Pi openSUSE Tumbleweed raspberrypi-firmware[-branding-openSUSE] packages have been updated to install files to /boot/vc rather than /boot. Ensure that all files in /boot/vc find their way into the vboot partition and on the boot partition prepare vc as potential mount point. Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber
* Mon Dec 21 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 11: OEM chapter
* Mon Dec 21 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 10 (final): PXE chapter
* Mon Dec 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed JeOS templates configured for efi boot in case of efi the efi modules should be installed to the system. Even though it\'s not a problem for kiwi because it takes the modules from the self build initrd it could become a problem when grub2 is used for reconfiguration on the system later. It is also questionable whether it is a good idea from kiwi to install the efi modules as part of the initrd just for the purpose to take them from there at build time when they are not really needed in the initrd at boot time. The new (next generation) kiwi version will lookup modules from the system if possible and will not keep them inside of the initrd
* Mon Dec 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suse-SLE12-community-JeOS description kernel-debug is not installed, no need to have it in the delete section
* Sat Dec 19 2015 martin.koeglerAATTchello.at- Honor RW filesystem type
* Sat Dec 19 2015 martin.koeglerAATTchello.at- Refactor file system check
* Thu Dec 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.46 released
* Thu Dec 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update manual page info about targetdevice option This is related to (bnc#956484)
* Thu Dec 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- use sudo for kiwi when running from git source
* Thu Dec 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Improve validation of targetDevice If called with --targetdevice the target must be a device block special and nothing else, no symlink, no other node type This fixes (bnc#956484)
* Wed Dec 16 2015 martin.koeglerAATTchello.at- Add label support for xfs
* Tue Dec 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.45 released
* Tue Dec 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Inform user if dracut is called in background mode
* Tue Dec 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed validation of updates/weak-updates modules suseStripKernel took the update and weak-update modules only into account if they are mentioned in the drivers list. But these modules are considered p1 and should always be included and also checked against its dependencies
* Tue Dec 15 2015 martin.koeglerAATTchello.at- Allow xfs as hybrid RW file system
* Thu Dec 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.44 released
* Thu Dec 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed user setup If multiple users are setup in the same users section the commandline is broken because not reset to empty after a previous user setup run
* Wed Dec 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete use of DOMURD_MODULES The predefined values were wrong and the information is not used anymore since mkinitrd / dracut takes the list of loaded modules into account
* Wed Dec 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Run dracut as background process for vmx images The dracut process takes quite some time and blocks the boot process. In cloud frameworks instance boot time matters and with this patch the dracut process runs in parallel with the rest of the boot process.
* Sun Dec 06 2015 jonasAATTekhorva.se- Translated using Weblate (Swedish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Fri Dec 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.43 released
* Fri Dec 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure dbus mountpoint exists
* Fri Dec 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for bnc#957008 not recursively removing the temp dir structure causes some directories to still be present which is not expected at a later point in the build process
* Fri Dec 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.42 released
* Thu Dec 03 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- syntax fixes for spec file
* Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.41 released
* Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added information about mysystems macro to spec The creation of the -requires packages is based on a macro written by Adrian called %mysystems. It expands to the kiwi boot image description name according to the buildservice build distribution. It\'s important to see the value it has expanded to in the buildlog
* Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.40 released
* Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed syntax of spec file macros to be more robust
* Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.39 released
* Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of /var/run vs. /run It should not be kiwi\'s task to handle that but it seems we will not be able to fix this in a clean way on the package level. Thus I added a bad hack to check for the desired distro from the value of the boot attribute and create either /run with a symlink /var/run or /var/run
* Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requirements for older systems (SLE11), the pidof program as used by kiwi is provided with the sysvinit package not with sysvinit-tools
* Mon Nov 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t recursively remove tmpdir structure If the master /tmp directory is empty there is the potential risk that /tmp gets removed too, which would cause many bad after effects bnc#957008
* Mon Nov 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use tmpfs not ramdisk for overlayfs union images overlayfs based iso images (flags=\"overlay\") used a ramdisk of a fixed ramsize as temporary write space if used on read-only media. This limits the write space to the configured ramdisk size and is now changed to a tmpfs location. Fixes #513
* Sat Nov 28 2015 seife+devAATTb1-sytems.com- make .checksum.md5 contents reproducible In order to have reproducible builds in OBS with unchanged sources, sort the file list before feeding it to \"md5sum\". Without, rebuilds would differ in that file as the file list order was random. Also, get rid of \"find | grep -v ... | grep -v ...\" for ignoring filenames and just use find\'s options to achieve that. Saves two fork() and a few CPU cycles :-)
* Fri Nov 27 2015 seife+devAATTb1-sytems.com- KIWIBoot: add grub2-mkimage prefix option grub2-mkimage on CentOS/RHEL7
*needs
* the \"-p \" option or it will abort with an error. On openSUSE\'s grub2-mkimage, prefix defaults to \"/boot/grub2\". Add \"-p /boot/grub2\" to all grub2-mkimage calls, so that they can work with CentOS, too. This
*should
* not break things on SUSE base ;-)
* Fri Nov 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.38 released
* Fri Nov 27 2015 seife+devAATTb1-sytems.com- fix spec file parts for RHEL/CentOS 7
* Fri Nov 27 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Fix for bsc #955939 Link in KIWI documentation to \"KIWI Wiki\" is broken
* Thu Nov 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.37 released
* Thu Nov 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-leap-42.1-JeOS Use ext4 as write filesystem in overlayfs, btrfs is broken for this use case (bnc#950999)
* Thu Nov 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Allow ext4 to be set in hybridpersistent_filesystem
* Wed Nov 25 2015 guillaume.gardetAATTfree.fr- Update copyBootCode function: Add support to check for /boot/dtb
* since DTB files can be stored in /boot/dtb/ folder but also in /boot/dtb-/ folder with /boot/dtb a symlink
* Sat Nov 21 2015 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Add warning to extractkernel for aarch64/armv7/s390x For those architectures, the kernel can only be found if suseStripKernel was called. Add a warning with a hint on what went wrong.
* Fri Nov 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.36 released
* Thu Nov 19 2015 cschumAATTsuse.de- Add btrfs to general documentation of volume setup Kiwi supports two options for setting up storage layouts with sub volumes, LVM and btrfs. Chapter 17 explains this in detail. The overview section in the general documentation didn\'t reference this. This patch fixes this.
* Wed Nov 18 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix appdata generation on product builds with multiple media
* Tue Nov 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.35 released
* Tue Nov 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Retrieve vm tools version from vmtoolsd
* Mon Nov 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted __checkMountDependencies runtime check I\'m afraid but this check causes more false positives than the correct detection of an inconsistency in the mount table. Checking if the string \'kiwi\' appears in the process list is not enough, especially in contained environment where the host kernel shares mount information with a VM or container guest this check is always wrong. We need a better solution here. Fixes Issue#501
* Mon Nov 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added Leap 42.1 support for kiwi --describe Allow to analyse Leap Systems, fixes Issue #516
* Tue Nov 10 2015 seife+devAATTb1-sytems.com- Bundle all built OEM images it is valid to build multiple OEM targets, e.g. with and KIWI correctly builds an install.iso and an install.tar.xz in this case. However, when using OBS only the install.iso is exported. This is, because \"kiwi --bundle-build\" will only export one image and return. Change this to export all: .iso, .raw and .tar.xz
* Fri Nov 06 2015 mpostAATTsuse.com- Made some spelling corrections and slight changes in wording. Signed-off-by: markkp
* Thu Nov 05 2015 freekAATTopensuse.org- Translated using Weblate (Dutch) Currently translated at 82.1% (23 of 28 strings)
* Mon Nov 02 2015 alex239AATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Russian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sun Nov 01 2015 martin.mohringAATT5eecosystems.com[kiwi] add searching in the parent directory for the current path for device drivers, kernel modules packages like openSUSE xen-kmp-default put the drivers there
* Thu Oct 29 2015 fitoschidoAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Spanish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Wed Oct 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added vmdk descriptor update VMWare applications are made aware that an image has vm-tools installed via tags appended to the VMDK\'s metadata. Typically, the tools write the metadata during their first run, but in our case the first run of the tools is the first boot of the appliance, so the host application is not aware of tools until after a VM has been rebooted, missing a critical opportunity to configure an instance before or during the first boot. In order to allow VMWare applications (include vCloud) to be aware that vm-tools are installed, we need to add the appropriate metadata to the image during its creation
* Tue Oct 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.34 released
* Tue Oct 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make check for running udev daemon more stable
* Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.33 released
* Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkRootDirOutsideImageDescription The check failed in kiwi --create mode
* Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kernelcmdline setup for EFI live ISO images EFI boot of live ISO images is handled via grub2, the configuration was missing the information provided in the kernelcmdline attribute
* Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup validation of multipath and ataraid scan Those two were the only ones which are matched against its false value and not against its true value. Fixing this inconsistency make it easier to read the code and applies better to the next generation kiwi-horizon branch
* Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.32 released
* Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Set noudevsync only if udevd is not running LVM commands support the --noudevsync option which should be used only if udevd is not running (bnc#950735)
* Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.31 released
* Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- actively relocate GPT backup data at end of disk Instead of hanging around with parted and its inconsistent state between different versions kiwi now actively moves the backup GPT to the current end of the disk before starting the repartition step based on parted. The tool to move the data is gdisk which is now required for GPT images build with kiwi
* Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Add ramdisk device filter for leap JeOS On Leap hwinfo reports ramdisk devices, thus the list of disks to select for install in kiwi\'s install image contains all ramdisk devices. For JeOS this is unwanted and we added a filter rule to filter them out
* Sat Oct 17 2015 rbrownAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (English (United Kingdom)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sat Oct 17 2015 ramaxloAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Chinese (Taiwan)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Oct 15 2015 medipasAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Catalan) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Thu Oct 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.30 released
* Thu Oct 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkRootDirOutsideImageDescription It should be avoided to create a new root image tree inside of the image description directory. This could lead to infinite loops or unexpected behavior if e.g the new root directory is named \'root\' which conflicts with the image description overlay directory also named \'root\'
* Wed Oct 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.29 released
* Wed Oct 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.28 released
* Wed Oct 14 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- Apply missing syntax fix
* Wed Oct 14 2015 medipasAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Catalan) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Tue Oct 13 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- Add SLE-12-SP1 plugin using the new appstream handling for appdata
* Mon Oct 12 2015 frantisek.komarekAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Polish) Currently translated at 82.1% (23 of 28 strings)
* Sun Oct 11 2015 belphegorAATTbelbel.or.jp- Translated using Weblate (Japanese) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sat Oct 10 2015 mpluskalAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (Czech) Currently translated at 96.4% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sat Oct 10 2015 frantisek.komarekAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Czech) Currently translated at 96.4% (27 of 28 strings)
* Sat Oct 10 2015 galko.ferdinandAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Slovak) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sat Oct 10 2015 galko.ferdinandAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Slovak) Currently translated at 89.2% (25 of 28 strings)
* Sat Oct 10 2015 andriykopanytsiaAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sat Oct 10 2015 ronisbrAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings)
* Sat Oct 10 2015 galko.ferdinandAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Slovak) Currently translated at 89.2% (25 of 28 strings)
* Fri Oct 09 2015 sbrabecAATTsuse.com- Update translations from LCN SVN trunk revision 93546.
* Fri Oct 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.27 released
* Thu Oct 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Support generic multipath lookup Instead if limiting the support for multipath boot devices this is now checked for all architectures which should also allow iSCSI boot devices. (bnc#946387)
* Wed Oct 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Support multipath lookup for ZFCP devices on s390 The disk device the image was ipl\'ed from might be configured to be in a multipath stack. In this case it\'s required to use the mapped device instead of one of the multipath targets directly. This is related to (bnc#944017)
* Wed Oct 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Provide a startMultipathd method Move the start of the multipath daemon from the oem boot code specific identifyMultipath method to its own method in the global space
* Tue Oct 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.26 released
* Tue Oct 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update -requires matcher for SLE12 SP1 The macro %{suse_version} returns 1316 for SLE12 SP1, this must be addressed in the spec file to let the internal -requires packages contain the correct list for building images inside of the buildservice (bsc#949046)
* Tue Oct 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Rename SLE JeOS descriptions In order to avoid a naming conflict with the JeOS product we agreed on renaming the SLE JeOS description in kiwi to contain the community keyword to separate this descriptions from the SUSE JeOS product This addresses (fate#319430)
* Tue Oct 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed resetBootBind copy of boot data Make sure to take hidden files into account
* Thu Oct 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-13.2-JeOS There is no need to have kernel-debug in the delete section actually the package is not installed
* Thu Oct 01 2015 martin.mohringAATT5eecosystems.com- fixed: RHEL 6 and CentOS 6 and derivatives using boot=\'vmxboot/rhel-06.0\' or similiar should be handled like SLE 11 not using a tmpfs on /run
* Wed Sep 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.25 released
* Tue Sep 29 2015 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Drop imagePrepDevice imagePrepDeivce was never set, lets drop it. Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Tue Sep 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.24 released
* Tue Sep 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added basic support for grub2 serial console The required configuration steps were added to the bootloader configuration. However there is currently no attribute to select the serial console case from the XML description. This will be added on demand
* Fri Sep 25 2015 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Set PReP device We need to set PReP device, otherwise we just call grub2-install, which is not installing a bootloader Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Thu Sep 24 2015 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Fix grub2-mkimage on PowerPC Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Thu Sep 24 2015 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- insmod video drivers (bsc#947328)
* Thu Sep 24 2015 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- don\'t overwrite grub2 background image The background image is already defined in theme.txt. Overwriting breaks the editing menu (bsc#947326).
* Thu Sep 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added arm suse-tumbleweed vmx|oemboot descriptions
* Wed Sep 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Support SLE12 and leap42.1 boot images for arm Deleted 13.2 and non stable tumbleweed from arm based descriptions
* Tue Sep 22 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- use obs://factory/repo/oss/ for tumbleweed boot images
* Tue Sep 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed toram live boot mode The recent implementation broke the standard method which mounted the CD instead of copying it
* Mon Sep 21 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- tabs to spaces
* Mon Sep 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Add root filesystem label to images In order to allow devicepersistency=\"by-label\" also for the root filesystem, the setupFilesystem method has been extended for all supported filesystems to add a root label too. The default name for the root label is \'ROOT\'. This addresses bnc#946236
* Mon Sep 21 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- Echo, rmdir and remove full paths from commands
* Mon Sep 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added documentation for the toram option Implementation of the toram option is done in PR https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/492
* Mon Sep 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.23 released
* Fri Sep 18 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- rename mountLivecd to mountOrCopyLiveCD, use cp -ar, remove $SIZE test
* Fri Sep 18 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- Add \"toram\" boot parameter to allow running the live system entirely from RAM
* Fri Sep 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure kiwi_BootPart variable is written kiwi_BootPart is expected to exist in the initrd environment Thus it\'s required to write it in config.partids in any case. If there is no extra boot partition kiwi_BootPart equals kiwi_RootPart. This fixes bnc#946387
* Fri Sep 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.22 released
* Fri Sep 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent prefix setup in grub.cfg for Xen This is because Xen PV guests boot via a first stage loader pygrub/pvgrub and interpret the grub config file differently. One inconsistency is that pvgrub searches for the grub modules at a different place. Setting up the prefix will point pvgrub to the wrong place and the system fail to boot.
* Thu Sep 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent command variables for Xen domU grub2 setup Xen PV images which boot via pvgrub have the problem that pvgrub is not able to correctly read in the kiwi written grub.cfg file. This is because kiwi uses a variable which contains the loader command e.g $linux instead of the loader command directly. grub2 supports this but pvgrub is not able to interpret this information. Therefore this patch prevents the use of the variable if the target image is Xen, domU and the firmware type is set to bios
* Thu Sep 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Embed LOADER_TYPE into double quotes required to make perl-bootloader happy
* Wed Sep 16 2015 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Add vmxboot support for aarch64 on SLE12 and leap42.1
* Tue Sep 15 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Add suse-tumbleweed boot image descriptions
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.21 released
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed mysystems spec file macro for Leap
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.20 released
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted obsolete openSUSE 12.3 templates
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.19 released
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure suse-leap-42.1-JeOS is installed
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Rename leap boot descriptions to naming convention
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added leap-42.1-JeOS template
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added leap-42.1 boot image descriptions
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added Tumbleweed and Leap42 as known distributions The kiwi spec file also build metadata packages used internally by the buildservice. These so called -requires packages needs to find the right kiwi provided boot image descriptions according to the image distribution. For The Leap42 and Tumbleweed distros an extra pattern match needed to be added
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted obsolete openSUSE 12.3 descriptions A new image template for SUSE Leap42 will follow next
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted obsolete SLED boot descriptions For building SLED images the SLES boot image descriptions can be used
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted deprecated oemboot descriptions for arm
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added SLE12/aarch64 JeOS template
* Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12/aarch64 oemboot descriptions The description should not contain a copy of the common linuxrc boot code.
* Sun Sep 13 2015 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Add oemboot support for SLE12/aarch64 (fate#318444)
* Sat Sep 12 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- openSUSE Tumbleweed boot images
* Fri Sep 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.18 released
* Fri Sep 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added mtools requirement (bnc#945212) syslinux no longer requires mtools, but kiwi does so we have to explicitly add this requirement for oem targets
* Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.17 released
* Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Remove genisoimage and cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency\" This reverts commit 0c7b2885c37b16d69e46caf7c365d2eacb615cd9.
* Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.16 released
* Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- System to boot inheritance for wwid_wait_timeout Added missing transfer of wwid_wait_timeout from the system image description into the boot image description
* Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed unrecognized variable: kiwi_wwid_wait_timeout
* Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete live patch for dracut module With the correct /var/run symlink the broken dracut module is not called and thus the problem in dracut is workarounded Nevertheless dracut needs the fix
* Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of /var/run location /var/run is a symlink to /run on newer systems and a directory on older systems. We need to properly handle that
* Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins build preparation For some reason no mkisofs package is available anymore. Thus the jenkins prepare script should not rely on it to be installed
* Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Renamed bootloader ziplgrub to grub2_s390x_emu We don\'t want to populate a non existing bootloader. Thus the decision was to use the grub2 platform name for the SLE12 s390 boot workflow (bnc#944017)
* Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update s390 JeOS description adding hotfix patches requires patch program to be installed
* Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update s390 JeOS description Added a temporary live patch for the broken dracut module 30convertfs/do-convertfs.sh
* Fri Sep 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed clicfs race condition sleep for a while before accessing the mounted filesystem
* Fri Sep 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- There is no mkisofs on s390
* Fri Sep 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed openSUSE 13.2 diskless netboot profile kernel version 3.x uses another structure to store the network drivers. Thus the drivers matching in the netboot/suse-13.2/config.xml did not match anymore (bnc#943888)
* Thu Sep 03 2015 jochen.keilAATTgmail.com- Test whether file is executable instead mere existence
* Thu Sep 03 2015 jochen.keilAATTgmail.com- Make sure to use the correct isoinfo executable In order to remove the cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency (and in turn wodim), it is necessary to check whether to use /usr/bin/isoinfo or /usr/lib/genisoimage/isoinfo.
* Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added required packages to SLE12 s390 images
* added grub2 and grub2-s390x-emu to vmx|oem boot images
* added grub2, grub2-s390x-emu and kexec-tools to JeOS templates
* extend JeOS template by some useful tool, e.g parted, ip, less
* Mon Aug 31 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Increase fsoverhead for btrfs again
* Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of undefined value
* Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Support for stacked zipl plus grub2 boot In SLES12 zipl and btrfs are incompatible because the block where the initrd and the kernel live could change in a btrfs filesystem. Because IBM is not going to fix zipl to work with btrfs a new boot process has been invented by the SLES team which impacts kiwi too.
* Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build type setup for boot images
* Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typos in default boot image repos
* Thu Aug 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.15 released
* Thu Aug 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added type attribute wwid_wait_timeout multipath devices from a SAN system take some time to appear on the host. In order to have all presented wwn\'s available on the host it\'s required to wait some time because we can\'t poll for the appearance of a specific device the wait period is now customizable. The default wait period is 3 seconds
* Tue Aug 25 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Remove genisoimage and cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency\"
* Mon Aug 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.14 released
* Mon Aug 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Skip loopback nic in interface selection setupNetworkStatic selects the last interface to be used for the setup. This is not a smart selection but it should not select the loopback interface in any case. Whether or not it\'s possible to automatically just select the \"right\" nic is still an open task.
* Mon Aug 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed reading of search path for editboot
* scripts In build and create mode the origin path of the XML description was not correctly initialized. kiwi skipped reading the meta information from the unpacked image root tree because it already has a pointer to the XML description, however this data set does not provide the origin path of the kiwi call
* Tue Aug 18 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Remove duplicate provide of kiwi-image:tbz
* Thu Aug 13 2015 jochen.keilAATTgmail.com- Don\'t fix the catalog when it\'s already correct In contrast to genisoimage, mkisofs generates a proper boot catalog entry. Thus it is not necessary to fix it.- Don\'t fix the catalog when it\'s already correct In contrast to genisoimage, mkisofs generates a proper boot catalog entry. Thus it is not necessary to fix it.
* Wed Aug 12 2015 jochen.keilAATTgmail.com- Remove genisoimage and cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency
* cdrkit-cdrtools-compat provides a symlink from mkisofs to genisoimage
* It should be safe to use mkisofs as drop-in replacement for genisoimage
* Removing these dependencies is one step towards removing wodim- Remove genisoimage and cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency
* cdrkit-cdrtools-compat provides a symlink from mkisofs to genisoimage
* It should be safe to use mkisofs as drop-in replacement for genisoimage
* Removing these dependencies is one step towards removing wodim
* Mon Aug 03 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.13 released
* Mon Aug 03 2015 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Add a line that helps solver debugging, commented out by default
* Fri Jul 31 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 10_WIP: PXE chapter
* Thu Jul 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed XML writer for array of objects Elements which can appear multiple times like the vagrantconfig element are stored as array of objects. The XML writer has to iterate over the array and ask for the XML setup of each of the objects inside of the array
* Wed Jul 29 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 9: Vagrant Chapter
* Wed Jul 29 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 8: Docker Chapter
* Wed Jul 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.12 released
* Wed Jul 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed RHEL recovery delete recovery of zypp database backup, this does not exist on rhel systems
* Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.11 released
* Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL6 JeOS use group id names instead of the description
* Tue Jul 28 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 7: VMX Chapter
* Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted yum grouplist check Prior to installing yum groups, kiwi performed a grouplist to check if the group exists. That\'s because yum groupinstall does only print a warning message if a non existing group should be installed. The problem here is that the group names displayed by yum grouplist are the description names like \"Console internet tools\" but the group id name in this case \"console-internet\" is not displayed. This makes it impossible for kiwi to use the yum group id names which we should prefer over the description texts, because the texts could contain special characters which makes it hard to validate the content in a stable way. In addition yum groupinstall works more reliable if the group id names are used
* Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.10 released
* Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installation of recovery grub for RHEL
* Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update spec file to package updated RHEL JeOS
* Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL6 JeOS template Update to rhel server v6.6
* Mon Jul 27 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 6: Maintenance Chapter
* Mon Jul 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed disk size adaption for in place recovery The size of the disk is increased by the require space to create the recovery tar archive at boot time. However the value was not in the xml instance because KIWIBoot creates their own instance of KIWIXML. This is fixed now by passing along the origin XML instance when available
* Mon Jul 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed in place recovery The information about the size of the recovery partition was missing inside of the initrd. The information is now available as variable in the profile environment
* Fri Jul 24 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Maintenance chapter, still WIP
* Fri Jul 24 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 5: ISO images
* Fri Jul 24 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Added TODO list
* Fri Jul 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.9 released
* Fri Jul 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added custom hybridpersistent_filesystem attribute By default kiwi creates a btrfs partition as write space for hybrid live systems. With the new attribute one can specify also the \'fat\' filesystem as write space. This would allow to create hybrid live images which are compatible with the Windows OS in a similar way like kiwi\'s livestick tool does it. This Fixes #475
* Thu Jul 23 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 4: Moving RAID, LUKS, LVM and Cache to Advanced Config
* Tue Jul 21 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 3: Creating Appliances
* Mon Jul 20 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 2: Basic Workflow
* Fri Jul 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.8 released
* Fri Jul 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update Makefile clean target delete possible .dice / .vagrant directories
* Thu Jul 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS image description xen-tools conflicts with xen-tools-domU
* Thu Jul 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update dice configuration files Use the new dice docker buildsystem instead of vagrant calling docker. There is also a kiwi-build-box container on dockerhub which is automatically used for the build
* Wed Jul 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.7 released
* Tue Jul 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use defined macro to check if variable is defined The perl version in tumbleweed seems to behave more strict on this
* Tue Jul 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.6 released
* Tue Jul 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Allow containers to be build without systemd the container setup procedure by default disable some services. In order to do this either systemctl or chkconfig is used. However this should not be a mandatory task because it is ok to build containers without service tools installed
* Mon Jul 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for repo detection in kiwi describe The data fields of zypper in newer versions has changed. Thus split by the field separator and extract the information. Fortunately the ordering hasn\'t changed
* Mon Jul 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed repo detection in describer module The zypper syntax has changed, thus detection of the repo state leads to incorrect results
* Mon Jul 13 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 1: Legal stuff, Introduction and Installation- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 1: Legal stuff, Introduction and Installation
* Fri Jul 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.5 released
* Fri Jul 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use by-uuid device names for livestick tool
* Thu Jul 09 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Added doc/emacs specific stuff to .gitignore
* Thu Jul 09 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Pretty formatting the sources, standardized the use of lists
* Wed Jul 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Tue Jul 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkImageIncludeApplicable runtime check The imageinclude attribute is currently not supported with all URI types. Therefore we test if the repo URL uses obs|iso and provide a message to the user. If we want to support this in the future for obs URI types the imageinclude feature has to auto map the obs URI into the correct http URI which will only work for repositories in the public part of the open buildservice This Fixes #472
* Tue Jul 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.4 released
* Tue Jul 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed createOVFConfiguration Make sure destination directory exists prior to moving data
* Mon Jul 06 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Increase fsoverhead for btrfs
* Wed Jul 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.3 released
* Wed Jul 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up Fix for grub2 setup on btrfs Only if no bootpartition is used and a volume setup exists it\'s required to adapt the boot path with the initial \'AATT\' subvolume
* Wed Jul 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update examples, don\'t use clicfs
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.2 released
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.1 released
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 19-20
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 16
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkPreferencesDefinition runtime check The check for the uniqueness of the profile name is based on a regular expression. However the expression matches a subset of names which causes \'foo\' and \'foofoo\' to be triggered as the same name
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS Added Xen HVM type setup to be referenced in the documentation Deleted ec2 image build. This will eventually become a new chapter referencing the images as we build it in the buildservice later
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 17 EC2 documentation deleted, this chapter needs a rewrite with regards to tools developed in the public cloud development team. I would also not mention any sequence to support s3 baked images, we should focus on EBS baked images
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.58 released
* Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Add uuid support in createFilesystem for btrfs
* Fri Jun 26 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Update documentation structure for DAPS DAPS is the toolkit used in the documentation department to build, validate and submit documentation. The kiwi documentation will be integrated into the SUSE documentation department and therefore the structure in the source repository needs to be compatible with the SUSE documentation process
* Wed Jun 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed custom image size use Allow use of the custom image size even if it is smaller than the kiwi calculated one. Especially for the btrfs filesystem the calculation is sometimes not accurate enough
* Mon Jun 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed shell variable quoting in compare statements
* Mon Jun 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent createHybridPersistent waiting for devs Check if the write partition creation returns success before waiting for the expected device to become created. This prevents a long wait period on a device which never will come up if the partition could not be created. This Fixes #466
* Mon Jun 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed legacy grub install for install stick images Installing legacy grub can happen using the image grub or the build host grub. However for install stick disks there is no grub in the install image even if it is present in the system image the stick installs. Therefore the host installed grub should be used as a fallback. This Fixes #471
* Sun Jun 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Changed search for boot from hardisk for efi Instead of looking for a fixed partition id, let grub2 search for the EFI label
* Sat Jun 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed RHEL 6 JeOS template default bootloader for this distribution is grub not grub2
* Fri Jun 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.57 released
* Fri Jun 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub.cfg for Xen dom0 images bogus information was added within a menuentry section
* Fri Jun 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 15
* Thu Jun 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 14
* Thu Jun 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS Added pxe configuration to be referenced in the documentation
* Thu Jun 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl setup zipl does not allow a targetgeometry if the target type is different from CDL or LDL
* Thu Jun 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of union type in pxe setup The reference on clicfs was still present in the schema and the runtime checks. However clicfs is out of support and overlayfs is the only union filesystem we really support
* Wed Jun 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update s390 JeOS image description for the oem and vmx types build the disk for a DASD target in CDL mode (ECKD). Also make this clear in the name of the generated image
* Wed Jun 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed diskOffset calcuation for s390 zipl wants the number of blocks to indicate the start of the first partition, not the number of tracks
* Wed Jun 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl installation for LDL/CDL on loop device Installing zipl on the LDL/CDL target device types requires to specify the disk geometry. zipl is not able to get that information from a loop device. Therefore we need to hand over a targetgeometry which matches the loop geometry
* Wed Jun 17 2015 bgeukenAATTsuse.de- TypoFix: for for -> do for
* Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 12-13
* Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS Added vagrant and docker configurations to be referenced in the documentation
* Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update selector for partitioner tool If we are building a dasd image using the new loop driver which supports 4k devices, we need a way to select fdasd as partitioner on s390. This can be done via commandline options but is now also auto selected if a zipl_targettype of CDL or LDL is specified
* Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Implement setup of loop logical sector size The new loop driver capability allows to set a custom blocksize on setup of the loop device. The attribute value from the target_blocksize attribute is used in losetup as follows:-L target_blocksize This fixes (bnc#931634)
* Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 11
* Mon Jun 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 10
* Mon Jun 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapters 6-9
* Sun Jun 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapters 1-5
* Fri Jun 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.56 released
* Fri Jun 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installation of Archive into root system Archives marked as bootinclude were excluded from being installed into the image too. This is an unexpected behaviour change and is fixed now
* Tue Jun 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.55 released
* Tue Jun 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to overwrite root= via kernelcmdline If one of the ec2 firmware types is used the root= variable is explicitly set to a static value. There was no way for the user to set an alternative device via the kernelcmdline attribute in the image description
* Tue Jun 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl installBootLoader blocksize usage There is now the target_blocksize attribute which is used. If not specified the default blocksize of 512 bytes applies (bnc#931634)
* Tue Jun 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl installBootLoader blocksize retrieval In order to find the target blocksize for the zipl configuration kiwi asked for the pyhiscal blocksize. However the logical block size should be used when zipl accesses the device (bnc#931634)
* Tue Jun 09 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix version detection for debug packages
* Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.54 released
* Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkVolumeSetup runtime check Checks for improper combination of boot volumes in combination with an extra boot partition
* Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for internal field separator Using the internal path field separator in volume names (_) requires to specify the path in an additional mountpoint attribute
* Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed volume name adaptions for btrfs and zfs There is no need to replace any character in the name for the volume of a filesystem which includes a volume manager. Fixes (bnc#933909)
* Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed evaluation of bootincluded archives Archives set in the bootstrap section and marked as bootinclude were not really used and therefore its contents were missing in the kiwi initrd
* Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Implement setup of loop blocksize\" The user space interface will change because in order to set the pyhsical blocksize the value must be present on loop creation. This required options to the losetup call and can\'t be done afterwards. Therefore the implementation in kiwi will be reverted until the user space interface for losetup is final This reverts commit d2dfead392a7dd2064afbd59df4c4d67bcacbc98.
* Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Implement setup of loop blocksize The new loop driver capability allows to set a custom blocksize This patch makes use of it with the value from the optional target_blocksize attribute (bnc#931634)
* Fri Jun 05 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.53 released
* Fri Jun 05 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for btrfs grub2 boot path For iso media the adaption of the boot path to /AATT/... is wrong because in this case we read from iso9660 and not from btrfs. This is related to (bnc#933664)
* Fri Jun 05 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 setup on btrfs without boot partition If the image is built with btrfs and no extra boot partition is requested the grub2 btrfs module is used to read the boot data from the filesystem. However in kiwi we setup a btrfs filesystem in a way that all subvolumes are nested below a master \'AATT\' volume. Within the scope of grub2 it\'s required to adapt any path in the filesystem to match this because it\'s not possible to specify a subvolume set-default here. Because of this /boot/grub2/grub.cfg becomes /AATT/boot/grub2/grub.cfg within grub2. This fixes (bnc#933664)
* Wed Jun 03 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.52 released
* Thu May 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed result tracking from ovftool The temporary directory created for this has the same name as the ovf file created inside of it. On move of the data to the result dir this causes trouble which is fixed by this commit
* Thu May 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added target_blocksize attribute in type section In preparation to support custom blocksize values for loops the attribute target_blocksize was implemented like the folowing example shows: This will set a 4k blocksize used for all loops setup during image build and on first boot of the image. The actual code to apply the blocksize to the loop is not yet implemented because we are still waiting for the loop driver to support it. This is related to (bnc#931634)
* Wed May 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added pointer to XML description for loop_setup In preparation to support custom blocksize values for loops access to the XML description is needed to read the specified target_blocksize value once support for this value will be added
* Wed May 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed ova guestOS value for 13.2 JeOS
* Wed May 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of losetup In preparation to support custom blocksize values for loops global methods to loop setup/delete has been added. This is related to (bnc#931634)
* Wed May 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for overlay systems The __checkBootPartitionOverlaySystem runtime check makes sure the use of a boot partition is not switched off. If the root system is a read-only location the boot space must be writable
* Fri May 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.51 released
* Thu May 21 2015 matwey.kornilovAATTgmail.com- Provide kiwi-image:aci in kiwi.spec
* Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update all JeOS templates, no rpm signature check Due to upcomming changes in zypper the --non-interactive option will no longer do what the name says and will prevent using packages with invalid or not checkable rpm signatures unless the option to skip the check is set. Therefore all JeOS templates now comes with false
* Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update documentation due to OEM_ variable change
* Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of OEM variables Deleted baseSetupOEMPartition and therefore the translation of variables from the profile into OEM_ variables by writing the environment file config.oempartition. Instead the boot now directly uses the variables from the profile which are all prefixed by kiwi_oem
*
* Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted fixed parmfile name PARM-S11 on s390 Instead a new OEM element called: has been added. Using this element allows to specify the parmfile name without the userid. The userid is queried on demand. If no parmfile name is specified the default name PARM-S11 applies for backward compatibility. This fix relates to (bnc#931436)
* Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed loading of vmcp on s390 In SLE12 vmcp is compiled into the kernel, thus loading it as a module will cause an exception which is misleading This fixes (bnc#931436)
* Wed May 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Provide suseService method for compatibility Old image descriptions using this method will fail to build with newer kiwi versions if the function does not exist
* Wed May 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of imageBootDevice on repart make use of the kiwi_BootPart information. This was overlooked in OEMRepartStandard, all other repartition methods makes use of it
* Mon May 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use KIWI_IGNORE_OLD_MOUNTS for make valid target
* Mon May 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.50 released
* Mon May 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure reco_uuid is not used uninitialized
* Mon May 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of boot timeout in elilo compat mode
* Sun May 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Auto validation of templates
* Sun May 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.49 released
* Sun May 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of prefix in updateBootDeviceFstab prefix should indicate the prefixed root mount path and not the temporary config files path. Due to that misuse the check for boot_bind was wrong and no boot mount was written to fstab
* Fri May 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of prefix in updateRootDeviceFstab prefix should indicate the prefixed root mount path and not the temporary config files path. Due to that misuse the wrong information was passed to the btrfs tool to ask for the list of subvolumes
* Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.48 released
* Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update 13.2 JeOS, auto adaption from validation
* Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed btrfs based factory restore On factory restore the btrfs subvolumes were recreated but no default subvolume was defined. Because of this the restore of the data was not correctly shared across the subvolumes
* Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkVMConfigExist runtime check The ova and ovf formats requires a machine section to be specified in the XML description. This check makes sure it exists
* Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of btrfs filesystem Delete potentially existing btrfs signature prior to creating a new filesystem. If used with a UUID mkfs.btrfs refuses to create the filesystem even with the force option enabled if there is the same uuid already present in the metadata
* Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of /mnt string in common boot code All function using /mnt hold on a prefix variable containing the value
* Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t log errors from udevSystemStop in case udevadm has no control command don\'t log this error because the process will be stopped in a second attempt by kill
* Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.47 released
* Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Google doesn\'t like pretty print of json metadata
* Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.46 released
* Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed console initialization on exception If multiple consoles are used like console=tty0 console=ttyS0 the output is multiplexed among all consoles if plymouth or blogd is in use. However if a system shell exception occurs the exception shell was not correctly initialized as controlling terminal. In order to fix this the sulogin program is used and the shell .bashrc will reset the spawned console first. This fixes (bnc#928090)
* Mon May 11 2015 matwey.kornilovAATTgmail.com- Introduce initial support for App Container Image (aci) Here is initial implementation of App Container Image (aci) format. This commit is able to build .aci images conforming to SPEC. [1] https://github.com/appc/spec/blob/master/SPEC.md#app-container-image
* Mon May 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of ovftool v3.5.x If format=\"ova\" is specified kiwi uses VMware\'s ovftool if installed on the host to generated the ova tarball. In addition kiwi extracts the vmdk and ovf metadata from the ovftool generated data and overwrites it with the files created by kiwi. This allows us to create vmdk versions like VSphere needs it
* Fri May 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.45 released
* Fri May 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Allow archives to be bootstrap or image archives Archives listed in the bootstrap section should be installed as part of the bootstrap phase. before this patch all archives from all packages sections were collected and installed in one shot after all packages were installed.
* Fri May 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of bootincluded_archives.filelist This should only be done for archives marked as bootinclude
* Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.44 released
* Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for kiwi repository runtime script The temporary creation of KIWIAnalyse.tgz should be done with the login user identity
* Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.43 released
* Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi repository runtime script It unpacked metadata/KIWIAnalyse.tgz even if the data already exists
* Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for grub_cpu validation Incorrect shell syntax
* Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for target directories Setting the target directory as part of /var/cache/kiwi leads to busy mount processes because this shared cache location is used by kiwi as part of the building process
* Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed cache selector Calling the cache selector while in init-cache mode doesn\'t make sense
* Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Changed default image cache location The previous location was set to /var/cache/kiwi/image but this leads to busy mounts when preparing a cache image below this path because /var/cache/kiwi is bind mounted during preparation of a cache. Thus the default cache location is set to /var/cache/kiwi-images
* Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed error message on --init-cache If the given cache dir does not exist display a proper error message
* Tue May 05 2015 bgeukenAATTsuse.de- Fix lvm volume regex to allow volume names that are just have a forbidden name as prefix
* Mon May 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure btrfs subvolumes are listed in fstab In order to leave a rollback prepared system after first boot it\'s important to configure SUSE_BTRFS_SNAPSHOT_BOOTING as well as add all subvolumes as single mountpoints to the fstab file
* Mon May 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added support to filter install devices There is now a element which allows to receive a free form text evaluated as input for the bash regexp operator. Every device matching the rule is filtered out and not part of the selection list for the install targets in an oem installation process. This addresses (bnc #924436)
* Mon May 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of fdasd on SLE12 when using fdasd on an empty disk two questions raises which needs to be answered/confirmed before kiwi can proceed to create partitions (bnc #928550)
* Fri May 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.42 released
* Thu Apr 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL7 JeOS template Added lan0 udev rule, don\'t use lvm to simplify setup
* Thu Apr 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of custom kernel options for recovery custom kernel paratmers are stored in $kiwi_cmdline inside of the boot code. The information was not used for the recovery grub config. Therefore a difference in kernel boot options for standard boot and for recovery boot could happen which should not be the case
* Thu Apr 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed boot_efilabel for elilo compat mode The efi boot label should match the title set in the bootloader menu. This is should be set to kiwi_oemtitle
* Wed Apr 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.41 released
* Wed Apr 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Run lvcreate with --noudevsync This allows to build LVM images in container systems which doesn\'t have udev running
* Wed Apr 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS description The new pattern system requires libsolv >= 0.6.5 to be installed on the building host. Thus solve patterns as package to stay compatible with older build host systems
* Wed Apr 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added dice buildsystem config to x86 JeOS images
* Wed Apr 29 2015 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- The linuxefi and initrdefi commands only exists on x86 and x86_64. Write the grub config setting for linuxefi and initrdefi only on these platforms, for all others the appropriate command is linux and initrd.
* Fri Apr 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Keep terminal reset utility inside boot images
* Fri Apr 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed useless use of greediness modifier \'+\' in regex
* Thu Apr 23 2015 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Builder infrastructure + Integrate ext
* file system image builds into the \"builder\" infrastructure to simplify and improve the structure of image builds
* Thu Apr 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Style changes for mount dependency checker
* Use here documents to construct messages
* Use pstree to show sub tree of processes
* Use perl builtin methods to read from proc
* Wed Apr 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed product name in SLE12 s390 JeOS
* Wed Apr 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Better description for pattern use in 13.2 JeOS
* Wed Apr 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fetch errno($!) directly after call Reading of $! later will not provide the information
* Wed Apr 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkMountDependencies runtime check The check looks for processes which holds onto mounts created by a previos kiwi run. In such a condition kiwi is not able to release its own mount table and shows information about the processes which keeps these mount points busy. We still don\'t understand why there could be non kiwi related processes holding onto mounts kiwi has created during its run but kiwi should provide a way to tell this information to the user and stop if the environment is still tainted by such processes (bnc #895204)
* Tue Apr 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkDeprecatedFilesystem runtime check The use of clicfs is deprecated, a hint to use overlayfs if possible is shown as a warning message to the user
* Tue Apr 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete kernel/adaptec-firmware from boot images For s390 there are no such packages in the SLE12 code base
* Tue Apr 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.40 released
* Tue Apr 21 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- remove call to addAppdata again merge error
* Mon Apr 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.39 released
* Mon Apr 20 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- prefer packages by priority of repositories, not by architectures.
* Mon Apr 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Ensure recovery entry is appended for elilo compat elilo does not support adding custom entries to the written grub configuration. Thus we have to make sure the recovery entry doesn\'t get lost after a recovery run. Therefore the menu entry is added as part of the installBootloader function because this function is called after a recovery run while the installBootloaderRecovery functions are only called once at initialization time of the recovery partition
* Mon Apr 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed missing boot/efi mount path after recovery In recovery/repair mode the boot/efi path is not umounted correctly when init/systemd is started. Both paths /boot and /boot/efi are part of the fstab and if boot/efi is already mounted when fstab is processed the mount of /boot will cover and therefore hide the contents of boot/efi
* Fri Apr 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.38 released
* Thu Apr 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Added gptfdisk to SLE11 oemboot descriptions\" This reverts commit 8a49b0d75f583cc4f18fdb57fb36722777e71725.
* Thu Apr 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Update SLE11 JeOS description\" This reverts commit 5cec0de206a4b2bcf15216ec8696cbedaa9a5c77.
* Wed Apr 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added elilo compat mode to recovery boot setup In normal grub2 mode the recovery entry is just written as a custom menu entry and processed by grub2-mkconfig. However if the elilo compat mode is in use on SLES11 with efi the recovery menu entry must be written to the elilo generated grub.cfg
* Wed Apr 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Disable uuid support in createFilesystem for btrfs This will be changed once SLES11 SP4 is out to have a compatible version out until then
* Mon Apr 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Recovery fixes and improvements
* Added root.uuid / boot.uuid information to the recovery The UUID is used on restore to create the filesystem with the same UUID as before. This also allows to use the same efi binary as before and avoids the hack of copy over a standard efi binary
* Allow createFilesystem to receive an optional UUID parameter In order to set the UUID for xfs the xfs_admin tool has been set to be a persistent part of the boot image(initrd)
* Better messages for bootloader setup. Distinguish between boot loader setup for recovery and root system
* Fixed description setup in elilo.conf for SLE11 efi compat mode. If kiwi_oemtitle is not set use kiwi_displayname to avoid an empty title in the boot menu
* Mon Apr 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added gptfdisk to SLE11 oemboot descriptions
* Mon Apr 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE11 JeOS description Added SP4 repos, use repo source from download.suse.de
* Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.37 released
* Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update documentation Added information about recovery hooks
* Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added recovery hooks
* preRecovery / postRecovery called before or after the recovery is processed
* preRecoverySetup / postRecoverySetup called before or after the setup of the recovery files and tarballs is processed
* Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.36 released
* Thu Apr 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed OEMFindPartitions
* partition size of install target must be greater than the size of the image partition, equal the size is not enough
* change error message to exactly point to the partinfo file which contains the information how the requested target partitions must look like
* change the partinfo file to include the gpt partition code as gdisk knows it in case of a GPT
* Thu Apr 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed partedGetPartitionID In case of a GPT parted has no information about a partition id Therefore we mapped the id to the known msdos values according to the name kiwi defines for the partition. Any GPT specific partition got the same id \'ee\' which results in not being able to distinguish them. However for the partition based install in EFI mode it\'s required to identify any potential target install partition by an id. Therefore partedGetPartitionID will return the sgdisk partition code and will only map to the old legacy values if sgdisk is not available
* Thu Apr 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update spec file make the gptfdisk package a requirement for distros which provides it
* Thu Apr 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of GPT partition table kiwi uses parted to create partition tables. In case of GPT a linux default partition table has a guid set which points to a Microsoft base partition. This is wrong and I did not find a way to correct this with parted. Therefore the sgdisk utility will be used to correct the partition code so that we can at least see the right values when using sgdisk
* Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Changed validation in OEM partition install mode In partition based install kiwi checks if the current partitions can be used for installation. Part of the validation was to check if a filesystem signature could be found. If yes the partition was not offered for installation. However this test is too strict because in order to remove the filesystem signature the filesystem must be actively destroyed. It\'s better to check for the filesystem UUID instead. In order to allow the installer to use the partition one can clear the uuid with the appropriate filesystem utility e.g e2fstune -U clear for extX based filesystems and that will not destroy the filesystem integrity. This means an active system can be prepared for install by clearing the uuid instead of self destructing it
* Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.35 released
* Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete rt kernel profile for SLE11 kernel-rt is not always available to customers and the realtime kernel can be selected via the custom kernel profile if needed
* Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Implement support for importing gce license If gcelicense is specified the information is included into the gce format tarball
* Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added gcelicense attribute in section The gcelicense attribute receives a free form text information which is used to create a manifest file in the gce image format. The gce image format is Google\'s expected Compute Engine image format for uploading and registering an OS image in GCE
* Tue Mar 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Setup kernel symlinks in sle11 elilo compat mode
* Tue Mar 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use filesystem UUID to identify the recovery
* Mon Mar 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.34 released
* Mon Mar 23 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Complete KIWI\'s appdata handlling removal Commit f4b7df2 removed the general handling, but missed a reference in KIWICollect.pm
* Thu Mar 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.33 released
* Wed Mar 18 2015 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Changes to instsource requirements In order to make syslinux requirement conditional we need to build kiwi-instsource arch specific package. This commit is needed because we can\'t Require kiwi-isoboot in Factory anymore since we started to build PowerPC in Rings Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Wed Mar 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.32 released
* Wed Mar 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed service setup for lxc containers No chroot required to for relinking services
* Wed Mar 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed contents of lxc configuration Use autodev and disable kmsg. In addition rework the way systemd services gets disabled and update the list of systemd services not allowed to run in a container. This fixes (bnc #920692)
* Wed Mar 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for variable import errors
* Tue Mar 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Ignore variable import syntax errors In case of malformed shell syntax a message on eval of the expression is printed to the log. Having them twice is not needed
* Tue Mar 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted createOriginSnapshot In combination with btrfs this function created an origin snapshot prior to the first boot. This conflicts with the SUSE built in snapshot setup used by snapper.
* Tue Mar 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of volume variables in profile env Instead of evaluating the variable to get their content we directly parse the value. This allows to have key values including special characters normally not allowed in shell variable names like the dot(\'.\'). volumes names like \'.snapshot\' will become possible
* Tue Mar 17 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Remove KIWI\'s appdata handling The format is just too complex to be handled in this symlistic way. Appdata.xml (a subset of Appstream) evolved and changed for example from \"applications\" to \"components\"; now, some packages export one type, other packages export the other type. Merging them without normalising is resulting in a structure like: [...] [...] whereas \'components\' is no valid child of applications per spec (neither is application a valid child of components). Hence: if KIWI ought to do that proper, the full format must be understood, analysed, normalised and merged. for openSUSE, KIWI now uses appstream-builder, which is created in close relationship with the AppStream metadata in mind. Having this code still in KIWI results in the builder producing valid appdata.xml.gz PLUS an uncompressed appdata.xml (~18MB) to be part of the repository metadata (thus slowing repo refresh down a lot).
* Tue Mar 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed restoreBtrfsSubVolumes if a subvolume for e.g /var/crash should be restored, kiwi failed because the /var path did not exist. As a workaround people could add /var as a volume but if only /var/crash should be a volume and not /var there was no way to do it. This commit fixed it in a way that kiwi checks if the path to the volume exists and if not it is created prior to the restore of the subvolume
* Mon Mar 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.31 released
* Mon Mar 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for docker and lxc definitions Those require a container name to be specified
* Mon Mar 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Result packer for docker and lxc images The kiwi.buildinfo basename was wrong and did not include the extension name. In addition the result packer was not aware that lxc/docker images are tarballs
* Fri Mar 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.30 released
* Thu Mar 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed accident change in 13.2 JeOS
* Thu Mar 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup calling basename Make sure basename is not called with a missing operand
* Thu Mar 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Mount EFI partition only if not already mounted
* Wed Mar 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update elilo compat mode Support copy of vendor specific EFI boot config In addition use the oem boot title as title for the elilo configuration too
* Tue Mar 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed boot deleting packages A package marked with the bootdelete=\"true\" flag was not removed from the boot image if it was placed in the section of the system image.
* Fri Mar 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.29 released
* Thu Mar 05 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Move loader install tool check to the right place Only if a bootloader must be installed check if the tool to perform the call is present on the host
* Thu Mar 05 2015 schneemannAATTb1-systems.de- dhclient has no option for timeout The dhclient in openSUSE 13.2 has no parameter for timeout, but it is specified in the setupNetworkDHCLIENT function. The timeout is taken from the configuration file as mentioned in the manpage.
* Wed Mar 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkSelectedBootLoaderIncluded check The runtime check for grub2 has the choice for several packages Especially on SLE11 only grub2-x86_64-efi exists.
* Wed Mar 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Increase the EFI/vboot fat partition Instead of 32MB use 200MB to allow holding a little more data like firmware and/or loaders
* Wed Mar 04 2015 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Fix consistency check for LXC builds + Prior to the emergence of systemd the lxc package provided a special init script, lxc-init. This was necessary as SysV-init was not container aware. systemd is container aware, thus including systemd as the init system is sufficient.
* Tue Mar 03 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.28 released
* Tue Mar 03 2015 msAATTsuse.de- XZ compress vhdfixed disks in result bundler
* Wed Feb 25 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update description for suse-pxe-client The template is designed for a netboot only system. Therefore many parts are actively deleted, e.g the kernel which prevents this system from booting standalone. The description now points that out to indicate that for another use case the images.sh script might need some changes
* Wed Feb 25 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Add in code comment for s390 zipl setup A static offset address to load the initrd from is used but no explanation why was given
* Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.27 released
* Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed critic for KIWIMiniIsoPlugin.pm
* Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed critic for KIWIDescrPlugin.pm
* Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed potential link attack security issue kiwi statically creates a tmp executable in /dev/shm. Apart from the fact that it\'s the wrong place in the filesystem to do this kiwi should use a correctly created tmpfile. This Fixes #444
* Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zero block analyser If all free blocks in a filesystem contain a zero the compression result of the later image is better compared to if there is any random junk in it. In order to have all free blocks set to a zero byte kiwi used the dd + rm method which had the disadvantage of destroying the sparseness of the image file. Because of that the method was applied only if the image was built from a real disk device which did not allow us to strip away a sparse image from anyways. However this is not very flexible because: 1. In most cases an image is built from a loop device mapped against a sparse file. Thus the method is not called most of the time 2. With filesystems using more complex internal structures like xfs btrfs, zfs and friends there is not much difference in the compression results, but the time to create a huge empty file which is removed later is signifcantly recognized Thus this change deletes the old way of zero out free blocks and uses a tool to do the job for us. For extX based filesystems the zerofree utility exists and is used if installed. For other filesystems I\'m not aware of a tool and thus we don\'t handle them at the moment. If there is tool available kiwi print a warning message
* Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added chapter how to create vagrant boxes
* Sun Feb 22 2015 matwey.kornilovAATTgmail.com- Revert archives to consistent state Following three files were probably corrupted by f69d1d7bc3104f9e221abf8fc5efdf94ee0eb8b1 template/armv7l/suse-12.3-JeOS/uboot-setup.tgz tools/livestick/theme/upstream/booting.tgz tools/livestick/theme/upstream/tooling.tgz
* Wed Feb 18 2015 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- pass repo url for NET iso via linuxrc (bnc#916175)
* Fri Feb 13 2015 jmassaguerplaAATTsuse.de- check user_name is defined when checking file tree It is possible to have files that should be owned by root which are owned by a non-existing user, meaning the uid has no corresponding username. When this happens, the check used to give the error \"Use of uninitialized value $user_name in concatenation (.) or string at /usr/share/kiwi/modules/KIWIRuntimeChecker.pm line 1558.\" Thus we need to check whether the user exists.
* Thu Feb 12 2015 jmassaguerplaAATTsuse.de- remove plymouth packages from s390x boot image We don\'t need graphical boot on s390x.
* Thu Feb 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.26 released
* Wed Feb 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure cleanupRPMDatabase is called correctly The function also has to be called if there are packages to delete in the queue and not only if there are packages to install in the queue
* Wed Feb 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Explicitly add kbd package to boot images
* Wed Feb 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure the default console font is setup While kiwi runs fbiterm the default console font is not properly restored when the session ends. In order to enter the system with a correctly initialized console font kiwi actively calls setfont with the default8x16 font. This is related to (bnc #879994)
* Wed Feb 11 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Remove obsolete 12.2 templates
* Tue Feb 10 2015 jmasonAATTsuse.com- Move the vhdfixed tag to 64K offset. The tag specification calls for moving the tag from a 16K offset to a 64K offset to avoid conflicting with the GPT.
* Mon Feb 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.25 released
* Mon Feb 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon Feb 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: man page clarify use of images.sh/config.sh
* Sat Jan 31 2015 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- aarch64: Load full EFI emulation size-boot-load-size 1 is not a recommended option. First of all a loader size that is not divideable by 4 is rejected by most EFI firmwares. In addition we need to load all of the EFI code into memory. When the option is not set, genisoimage uses the full length by default, which is what we want.
* Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.24 released
* Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed callPartitioner Instead of making the decision for the correct partition tool by the name of the device use a method which knows better about the type of the storage device. This applies to s390 only were a dasd device could be a real dasd with 4k blocksize or an emulated dasd with 512byte blocksize. In the first case fdasd is used and in the other case parted must be used. The decision for the tool is now based on the result if isDASDDevice() which returns false for emulated dasd devices because we only distinguish a different handling if the blocksize of the device is _not_ 512byte
* Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed critic testing via perlcritic perlcritic on 13.2 reports a module to not end with a true value which is wrong and older versions of perlcritic do not complain about the same code. As I don\'t want to dig into what perlcritic does I decided to move the module in question to be not level 4 clean
* Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed handling of zipl options For some reason it was not possible to provide the information as commandline arguments. Thus we wrote it into the menu section. In addition the verbose zipl installation information is now part of the kiwi build log file
* Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed import of emulated dasd device dasd_configure is required to be called but kiwi skipped that step for emulated dasd devices and thus they did not exist on boot
* Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for emulated DASD devices on s390 an emulated dasd is a dasd device in FBA mode using 512byte blocksize. kiwi did not properly install zipl to allow to boot from such devices
* Thu Jan 29 2015 guillaume.gardetAATTopensuse.org- Fix ARM build
* Thu Jan 29 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- collecting of -debuginfo packages from special suffixed packages
* Thu Jan 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed importHostPackageKeys Import on systems which doesn\'t have a /usr/lib/rpm/gnupg/keys structure failed
* Thu Jan 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed exception handling if device type is unknown
* Thu Jan 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for s390 emulated DASD devices An emulated DASD device is a disk with 512byte blocksize like it is the case for real zFCP (scsi) devices. Therefore kiwi handles an emulated DASD like a zFCP device but does not configure host and disk adapter for it
* Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLES12 s390 JeOS image template deleted obsolete packages, update pattern name
* Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed resetBootBind make sure the tmp directory is removed while moving the boot data one hierarchy level up
* Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update man page
* Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup service handling config functions Enable/Disable a service is no longer done using the suse specific insserv tool. Instead chkconfig for sysVInit or systemctl for systemd based systems is used. This this methods can be considered generic and should be base functions
* Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Update documentation and man page
* Tue Jan 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.23 released
* Tue Jan 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of split images The filename for the splitfile which is the read-write portion of the image was build taking the displayname into account. Only if the displayname was not set the filename was correct because in that case the displayname and the diskname are the same. If a custom displayname is set the splitfile name was wrong and the read-write data was not included to the image In addition this patch uses the kiwi.buildinfo file to check for the image type instead of taking weird assumptions based on file names
* Mon Jan 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure to handle all udev daemon processes If the call to udevadm control for some reason did not stop all udev daemon processes kiwi checks the pids it found and kills them manually. However kiwi just looked up one process even though there might be more
* Mon Jan 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use udevadm control to exit udev daemon Killing the udevd is done in two steps. First we issue an udevadm call to exit udevd the documented way. According to the man page the call waits until udevd is stopped. After the call we check against the process ID of udevd we know about if they really have been stopped. If not we kill them
* Fri Jan 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.22 released
* Fri Jan 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use /mnt as mount point in a kiwi process It could cause conflicts if the building system has /mnt mounted for some reasons. Especially if the image target directory is set to /mnt kiwi failed because it over mounted its own results
* Wed Jan 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS template for ppc The description was missing firmware packages and did not use grub2 as the bootloader which is the default for sles12 on ppc
* Mon Jan 19 2015 magist3rAATTgmail.com- Use symlink instead of copy for /etc/localtime.
* Mon Jan 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t remove the docs from the RHEL JeOS templates
* Fri Jan 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.21 released
* Fri Jan 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.20 released
* Fri Jan 16 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- sha256sum generation: change cwd to tmpdir and only pass filename to $sha->addfile The full path passed to $sha->addfile is written into the .sha256 file, which results in the file not \'really\' usable for verification by users. Passing only the relative filename works around this.
* Wed Jan 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Jan 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed LVM documentation with regards to btrfs subvolume support the docu was unclear and not complete
* Mon Jan 12 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Switch to using appstream-builder instead of XML parsing
* Mon Jan 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Disable yum repos from centos-releases\" This seems to break the repo handling completely This reverts commit 4d48fd0b296343368d7bb76b97857d779ab13273.
* Mon Jan 12 2015 t1locsAATTgmail.com- Disable yum repos from centos-releases
* Mon Jan 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.19 released
* Mon Jan 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi-find-boot-requires.sh build helper Added Adrian as the author of the script and put some comment what this script does. Fixed error handling if boot config file is missing for the checked arch/os (bnc #911231)
* Mon Jan 12 2015 Pass-Automated-Testing-SuiteAATTzx2c4.com- mediacheck: give the user 5s time to actually see the result (also helps openQA to catch it) - Failure waits for user input already
* Mon Jan 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file for rhel and centos builds With regards to https://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Build_Service_cross_distribution_howto the use of the dist macros has been fixed. In addition the setup of the correct templates per distribution has been fixed for rhel6/7 and centos6 (bnc #911231)
* Wed Jan 07 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix debug package unique key handling.
* Fri Dec 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.18 released
* Fri Dec 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed post install script from kiwi-templates it should not end with a non zero exit code
* Thu Dec 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.17 released
* Thu Dec 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed bootloader setup for SLE11 JeOS template legacy grub is default unless uefi firmware is selected
* Thu Dec 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.16 released
* Tue Dec 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file for CentOS package On CentOS squashfs is packaged in squashfs-tools
* Tue Dec 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi-templates %post scriptlet Check if old image description exists before deleting it. This prevents warning messages spit out by rpm on install
* Mon Dec 15 2014 ledestAATTgmail.com- Fix bashisms in image.sh shell scripts Replace \'&>/dev/null\' output redirections to \'>/dev/null 2>&1\'.
* Mon Dec 15 2014 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Fall back to lazyly umount /dev nodes in case of failure
* Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.15 released
* Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value $format
* Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup logging with a logfile If a logfile is used the state of the call if it was successful or not is also part of the logfile and not exposed to the calling terminal. With this patch the overall success or error information is also printed on the calling terminal.
* Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Print a message if the target directory is created
* Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Code cleanup use createDirInteractive and replace redundant parts
* Fri Dec 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.14 released
* Fri Dec 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Fri Dec 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.13 released
* Thu Dec 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for custom qemu-img format options When kiwi calls qemu-img to convert the image into the format the user has specified in the XML description it might be required to pass on additional format options like the compat mode for the qcow2 format. This can now be done like the following example shows:
* Thu Dec 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Eliminate weird kiwi revision from unit tests The unit test environment sets a static kiwi revision number 4711 which is odd because it can easily use the correct git revision from the git metadata
* Thu Dec 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed print() on closed filehandle
* Tue Dec 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.12 released
* Mon Dec 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Eliminate grub2-efi path At the beginning of grub2 the home in boot was set to grub2-efi as well as some tools take this information in their name. It\'s time to cleanup this. In addition kiwi now creates a grub.cfg which is able to check for grub_platform in order to distinguish between efi and non efi configuration differences if there are any
* Mon Dec 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added EFI support for none aarch64 arm systems There are armv7 based boards which comes with an EFI firmware. In order to boot them we have to make sure to use grub2 bootarm.efi and call the right grub2 bootloader configuration methods (bnc #908469)
* Sun Dec 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for overlayfs changes in kernel 3.18 overlayfs complains: upperdir and workdir must be in separate subtrees. Thus we create workdir and upperdir in different subdirs below read-write
* Fri Dec 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for overlayfs changes in kernel 3.18 overlayfs complains: workdir and upperdir must reside under the same mount. Thus we create work-stage below read-write
* Fri Dec 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupBootLoaderGrub2 GRUB_TERMINAL setup in case of uefi we configured a text console terminal but graphics terminal works well with the shim efi module now
* Fri Dec 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Apply former overlayfs adaption to kiwi caching kiwi image caches are also based on overlayfs. Thus the changes in the mount call has to be adapted there too
* Fri Dec 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Adapt changes in overlayfs in kernel 3.18 Starting with overlayfs v22 the workdir mount option is required. In addition the module has been renamed from overlayfs to overlay which also impacts the mount options. In order to stay compatible kiwi implements a two way mount call, first with the legacy mount options and second with the current mount options
* Thu Dec 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.11 released
* Thu Dec 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupBTRFSSubVolumes if a subvolume for e.g /var/spool should be created kiwi failed because the /var path did not exist. As a workaround people could add /var as a volume but if only /var/spool should be a volume and not /var there was no way to do it. This commit fixed it in a way that kiwi checks if the path to the volume exists and if not it is created prior to the creation of the subvolume
* Thu Dec 04 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix handling of source rpms when binaries require src and nosrc version The is the case when using glibc i686 or -32bit packages
* Wed Dec 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.10 released
* Wed Dec 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed recovery of EFI bootdata + restore EFI module provided by the rpm package. The one kiwi created is specific to the uuid of the root filesystem which changes on factory restore. + make sure correct linux/linuxefi and initrd/initrdefi commands are used in recovery grub config by checking against grub_platform to allow recovery in BIOS and EFI mode + make sure mkfs.fat exists in the initrd to allow recovery of EFI fat partition, actually implement recovery of EFI fat partition
* Tue Dec 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added restore of btrfs subvolumes in restore mode (bnc #908011) In oem recovery (restore) mode a new function named restoreBtrfsSubVolumes will be called if the root filesystem is btrfs based. The function will restore the configured subvolumes back to the factory state
* Tue Dec 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Force creation of recovery filesystem When kiwi setup the recovery partition with a filesystem it might find a bootloader installation in the recovery partition from an earlier attempt. This leads to a question on mke2fs and an abort of the oem installation as consequence.
* Mon Dec 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Be more exact which sector size value one can set It\'s the logical sector size one can specify for the target
* Mon Dec 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted unused global information back in the time kiwi used device mapper snapshot to implemenet filesystem overlay techniques information about the snapshot size was needed. today kiwi uses overlayfs and thus this information is no longer used
* Fri Nov 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.9 released
* Thu Nov 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Call updateProtectiveMBR in GPT recovery mode for some reasons parted leaves an active partition in the protective MBR which can cause some EFIs to ignore the disk
* Thu Nov 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed backup of disk layout in recovery mode kiwi recovery creates a backup of the disk layout which includes bootloader code and partitions. For GPT there was no code to correctly store the table
* Thu Nov 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of efi path
* Thu Nov 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of linuxefi/initrdefi commands for recovery grub2 setup
* Wed Nov 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure the preferlvm attribute is inherited If this information is not present the useLVM method in KIWIGlobals will not be able to provide the correct result whether LVM is used or not
* Wed Nov 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value
* Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.8 released
* Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update all descriptions to schema 6.2
* Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update schema version from 6.1 to 6.2
* Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Set default bootloader to grub2 A new schema version 6.2 has been introduced in order to check for the bootloader attribute. If not set the bootloader is set to grub2. suboptimal bootloader settings based on arch and/or firmware in the code has been removed. The consistency of the bootloader setup will be handled by runtime checks exclusively
* Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update openSUSE 13.2 and SLES12 JeOS image descriptions Added which and dhcp-client packages explicitly to avoid conflicts for tools which uses which and not type. In addition the network stack requires dhcp-client config files under certain circumstances
* Mon Nov 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.7 released
* Mon Nov 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Check if hybrid disk device really exists Don\'t try to create a partition on a device which does not exist. This prevents a long loop of probing for a partition device which never can appear
* Sat Nov 22 2014 matweyAATTsai.msu.ru- Activate new swap after repartitioning- Activate new swap after repartitioning- Activate new swap after repartitioning
* Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.6 released
* Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Makefile clean target make sure all autogenerated data is wiped on clean make sure clean target is called on build of package
* Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.5 released
* Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to run kiwi --describe from git checkout
* Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in 13.2 os release matcher
* Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Support kiwi --describe for openSUSE 13.2 analysing and cloning of 13.2 systems added
* Thu Nov 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added fribidi and fbiterm to kiwi-media-requires package Unfortunately these two packages are not on the openSUSE 13.2 DVD. But kiwi uses fbiterm in the boot images. Thus users have to add the online repo in order to build. For 13.2 it\'s too late but with this change I hope the two packages will be placed on the DVD again
* Tue Nov 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of installBootLoader Instead of building device nodes out of the partition id\'s hash use the already existing device map information. That eliminates some unneeded logic as well as two helper methods used to find the right place for the device when only the partition id is known
* Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseStripKernel for updates/ modules If the dependency checker finds a dependency to a module in the updates or weak-updates directory the move of the module will fail because kiwi always uses updates/weak-updates modules and has moved them already. The dependency code however creates a new updates/weak-updates directory for the affected module and that causes a conflict when the original updates/weak-updates are moved back to the final place. In the end the result is that no updates/weak-updates module are present in the initrd
* Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Better error message in pxeSetupDownloadServer Be more descriptive if the PXE download server can\'t be found. In addition cleanup suse/rhel-dump to call pxeSetupDownloadServer instead of duplicating the code
* Mon Nov 17 2014 schwabAATTsuse.de- Don\'t remove kernel and initrd in KIWIMiniIsoPlugin
* Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure drivers/virtio is part of netboot initrd This allows to use the virtio network from qemu if started with the virtio-net-pci driver
* Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added 12.2 to the cleanup list in the spec file
* Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fix bashism in post script Use a simple string list in the spec file to walk through the list of distribution names in order to cleanup old ones Original patch by: Led
* Thu Nov 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.4 released
* Thu Nov 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed and cleanup unit test processing When running the unit tests the class KIWILog is overwritten in a way that a global kiwi logger is created from Common::ktLog but there is no declaration which really overwrites the KIWILog package to be a Common::ktLog. This patch fixes this and makes unit testing work in travis again. In addition methods from Common::ktLog no longer present in KIWILog were removed too
* Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed result bundler for vhd-fixed format There is a small inconsistency between the schema format setup and the extension used in the result file. The schema wants format=\"vhd-fixed\" and the file is written as file.vhdfixed
* Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.3 released
* Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Compress install PXE tarball using XZ Instead of tar\'s -z we use now -J for xz compression and also changed the output name to
*.install.tar.xz in order to allow the buildservice to match this file as a result
* Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.2 released
* Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation, build for factory version
* Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.1 released
* Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed broken travis script
* Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Run travis using perl 5.18
* Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Run Travis checks only for master
* Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Update .travis.yml, run clean target before test\" This reverts commit 67b5d1880ef36b4ded9879ca4ba07dea7f3293f6.
* Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update .travis.yml, run clean target before test
* Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update 13.2 JeOS description added less and iproute2 packages by default
* Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update 13.2 JeOS template added default network setup on lan0
* Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of rpm tools rpm has removed the db related options --initdb and --rebuilddb from the master rpm command. They are only available in the rpmdb command. Thus kiwi should better search for the rpm tool chain and decide for the commands to use according to their existence
* Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update source path in 13.2 JeOS image description
* Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins prepare.sh test the jenkins worker needs dosfstools installed to work with efi build tests
* Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Fixed check for revision file\" This reverts commit d288c9f7b2a52f42b86023f76e0b055bcd748925. It was not the check itself which was broken it was the fact that running make test and make valid in parallel conflicts with each other
* Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed make test Makefile target Don\'t remove the .revision file as part of make test because this conflicts with running make valid in parallel as done on jenkins. Only the make clean target should remove it
* Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed logging of first message The file handle for the first message log was not available at the time
* Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of repository alias names containing spaces All spaces are replaced by an underscore
* Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed check for revision file make sure to create one if it does not exist and kiwi is called locally from a git checkout
* Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in suse-SLE12-JeOS, wrong indention
* Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Delete obsolete openSUSE 12.2 based extra image templates
* Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed instsource plugin code to be perl critic clean
* Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed pre-commit git hook script correctly parse all existing instsource plugins and set the include path to the plugin dirs when running perlcritic
* Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t write to an undefined file handle
* Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Delete obsolete instsource-plugins
* Sat Nov 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- openSUSE 13.2 is gold :-) delete obsolete openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template and boot descriptions
* Thu Oct 30 2014 chingpangAATTgmail.com- Correct the loader type of grub2 For the UEFI machines, the loader type has to be \"grub2-efi\" to make grub2-install search the efi modules.
* Thu Oct 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Activate efi support in suse-13.2-JeOS template
* Thu Oct 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed git tag helper report only first tag matching current version
* Mon Oct 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t remove libdrm from boot images
* Mon Oct 27 2014 schwabAATTsuse.de- Set proper boot catalog in aarch64_efi
* Fri Oct 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t call makeIsoEFIBootable for product iso\'s The required data is provided by the installation-images- package and doesn\'t need to be created. In addition the method checks for the underlaying architecture which does not work when creating product iso\'s because there the underlaying architecture does not necessarily have to match the distro architecture
* Wed Oct 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.16 released
* Wed Oct 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupDefaultFstab (bnc #900280) Instead of overwriting a potentially existing fstab file the function now adds missing entries and also checks if the source mount device really exists.
* Wed Oct 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use btrfs as write partition for hybrid images (bnc #900922) For hybrid live iso images there is the optional support to create a write partition for data persistency. The initial creation of the filesystem can take a long time on e.g USB sticks. The creation of a btrfs filesystem without static inode tables is much faster. Thus the switch to btrfs
* Tue Oct 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.15 released
* Tue Oct 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Print /var/log/boot.kiwi file on reboot exception If a reboot exception is thrown in the boot code kiwi will print the current log file contents to the console before reboot. This allows systems like public clouds to provide a verbose information about the boot process
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.14 released
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Throw exception if specified root device does not appear
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.13 released
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 setup for use with EC2
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.12 released
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t skip grub2 prefix setup for ec2|ec2hvm
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.11 released
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 xen module list Some modules available in grub2 are not available for grub2 in xen, e.g chain
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.10 released
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure to wait for the storage device if set in root=
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo: boottimout -> boottimeout
* Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure correct grub2 module path is used for ec2hvm firmware Currently the grub2 module path is set correctly with firmware set to \'ec2\' but not if set to \'ec2hvm\'
* Mon Oct 20 2014 cooloAATTsuse.de- readd lost promo dvd plugin
* Fri Oct 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of zypper repository name if no alias is specified If no alias name is given in the kiwi section, kiwi builds a name from the given source URI. If the source URI does contain credentials information appended as token after the RFC specified \'?\' sign the repo name contains this information too which results in an invalid repository name for zypper. In order to prevent this kiwi cuts off the information \'\\?.
*\' from the URI and build the name from the remaining part
* Thu Oct 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Redirect stderr from cp command so that we can catch it
* Wed Oct 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.9 released
* Wed Oct 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed error logging to default log file
* Wed Oct 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup with regards to coding style guide
* Mon Oct 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.8 released
* Fri Oct 10 2014 fcastelliAATTsuse.com- Compress Docker images using XZ This results in images requiring less disk space.
* Fri Oct 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use -o loop for mounting read-write image Older systems (e.g RHEL 6) mount command is not able to detect a loop mount and requires the -o loop option in order to work
* Fri Oct 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix dependencies of s390 requires
* zipl was never an own package, it is part of s390-tools
* syslinux does not exist on SLES 12 s390
* Fri Oct 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- Also support new appdata format
* Wed Oct 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Again Fixed use of zypper package cache Not only the addrepo command but also other ones seems to remove the pkg-cache-dir if there is no associated repo available. Thus the preserve and restore of the package cache happens now before and after all zypper repo setup related commands are called
* Tue Oct 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.7 released
* Tue Oct 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update dhclientImportInfo Allow the function to export DHCPSIADDR from the dhcp-server-identifier information stored in the lease file created by the dhclient call
* Tue Oct 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure u-boot bootargs will be escaped (bnc #900007)
* Mon Oct 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make kiwi --info thread safe
* Mon Oct 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.6 released
* Mon Oct 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added bundle task for GCE images
* Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup createGoogleComputeEngine no paths allowed inside the tarball, only the disk.raw they are really strict on their checks :-)
* Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup createGoogleComputeEngine There are some conventions around the naming and content of a GCE tarball. This patch hopefully addresses all of them
* Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added sudo to package list for SLE12 JeOS template
* Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS template to provide a kiwi user
* Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for format=\"gce\" This is for creating Google Compute Engine ready images to be uploaded into a bucket in the google cloud storage via gsutil
* Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.5 released
* Wed Oct 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of zypper package cache For unknown reasons zypper removes the pkg-cache-dir when calling the addrepo command. Because this is unwanted kiwi temporarly moves the current cache dir and moves it back after the addrepo call is done
* Wed Oct 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Oct 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation first review by the documentation department
* Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.4 released
* Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for custom boxname for vagrant images (bnc #896205) By default the name set to the vagrant .json file is the name of the image as specified in the kiwi XML description. However, in the world of https://vagrantcloud.com/, the convention for \"fully-qualified\" box names is \"ORGANIZATION/BOXNAME\" which does not apply to a standard kiwi image name. With the new boxname attribute people can now specify the name of the box to be vagrantcloud conform. e.g
* Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.3 released
* Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add error message to log file if downloadFile failed
* Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed uninstall make target Delete /dev/shm/lwp-download created by kiwi
* Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.2 released
* Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation for version 7
* Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Branch created for SLE12, master open for development at version 7
* Mon Sep 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value $time
* Mon Sep 29 2014 schwabAATTsuse.de- Add support for EFI on aarch64
* Fri Sep 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.165 released
* Fri Sep 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure to wait for nic link up (bnc #898505)
* Thu Sep 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed double encoded luks system (bnc #898249) when kiwi builds a disk image it can either dump a filesystem image onto a raw partition or it rsync a tree of files onto a partition which has a filesystem created on top of a subsystem or a subsystem stack like lvm, luks, etc. In kiwi this is controlled by the value of the $treeAccess variable. If treeAccess is disabled but the support for syncing a tree in the given configuration is implemented this results in duplicate preparation of the filesystem and the subsystems which results in an unbootable mess.
* Thu Sep 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed passthrough of luks cipher (bnc #898249) kiwi passed the ciper using a shell echo command which is bad because the shell evaluates the contents of this information and might break the cipher if it contains shell meta characters. This patch fixes this by using a simple pipe stream to the cryptsetup process without invoking a shell command
* Thu Sep 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed URI credentials setup Make sure the ?credentials=kiwiRepoCredentials flag is only added to the url if the appropriate credentials file exists
* Tue Sep 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.164 released
* Tue Sep 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added missing filesystem provides for the xfs filesystem (bnc #897935) With the kiwi-filesystem:xfs Provides the buildservice is able to setup a build environment including the needed tools called by kiwi when building inside this environment
* Sun Sep 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.163 released
* Sun Sep 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for max storage device wait period (bnc #897516) Hannes Reinecke suggested to increase it to 60 seconds; 30 seconds is the typical I/O timeout value, so I\'d be giving it double the time to allow error handling to complete.
* Fri Sep 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.162 released
* Fri Sep 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Increase max per storage device wait period to 30 sec (bnc #897516)
* Fri Sep 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent activation of a partition on non x86 systems (bnc #897507) The active flag is used by legacy BIOS systems on x86 systems. On other architectures it could cause trouble because that information is not expected
* Fri Sep 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Eliminate use of haveBootPartition variable in the initrd code kiwi provides exact information in the partition ID\'s variables created when the image is build in setupPartIDs. The indicator if a boot partition is in use was not set correctly by the existing function. The indicator for a boot partition should be the filesystem label set to \'BOOT\' and the check if this partition is not equal to the root partition. In the repartition code the partition ID for the root partition is always defined correctly by the kiwi_RootPart variable and should not depend on any condition. That way there was no code left which requires and extra boolean haveBootPartition variable and also fixes the wrong pID assignment described in bug (bnc #897497)
* Fri Sep 19 2014 cooloAATTsuse.de- remove media check from mini iso (bnc#895021)
* Thu Sep 18 2014 cooloAATTsuse.de- make the mini isos reasonable size again instead of just removing the root file, remove all files actually downloaded from NET repo
* Wed Sep 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.161 released
* Wed Sep 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add a post install script for kiwi The file /dev/shm/lwp-download will be removed in order to allow kiwi to create this file with the permissions it needs. The support to allow kiwi to run kiwi --info as non root user requires this cleanup step because lwp-download is created with permissions which allows root and normal users to call the script. former versions leaves a version of the script which doesn\'t allow non root users to call or change it which results in a raise condition for a non privileged --info call
* Wed Sep 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Really fixed package update from sle11 to sle12 (bnc #893340) the man pages were moved from kiwi-doc to the main kiwi package between sle11 and sle12. Thus the main kiwi package has to set a conflicts for the kiwi-doc package in versions < 5
* Wed Sep 17 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- KIWICollect: handle POOL flavors as \"ftp\" flavors (bnc#896930)
* Wed Sep 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file by adding missing requirements; tar and psmisc
* Tue Sep 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow kiwi --info to be called without root permission There is one exception though. If the repo is an iso file which needs to be loop mounted we still need root privileges to call the mount system call. In such a case kiwi will exit with a useful error message
* Tue Sep 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.160 released
* Tue Sep 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Improve spee of nic setup in netboot initrd (bnc #893788) With this commit the list of preferred interfaces which are either the BOOTIF interface or the list of all detected ones is used to run the dhcp discovery. The first successfully discovered interface is used to setup the default gateway and route as there can only be one
* Tue Sep 16 2014 schwabAATTsuse.de- linuxefi only exists in grub2 on x86
* Mon Sep 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed package build due to failed unit tests The unit tests failed when building on non x86 architectures because the test reference files for these architectures contained an unexpected newline at the end of the file. In addition subsequent tests should not fail which was the case because existing test tmpdirs were not correctly cleaned up
* Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use legacy bios_grub partition only on ix86 and x86_64 (bnc #896445)
* Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.159 released
* Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fully document virtualsize attribute of in schema
* Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Move useLVM helper function into global space and explain conditions for using LVM or not in one central place
* Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for the bootpartition requirements If the use of a bootpartition is explicitly disabled and one of the filesystems btrfs, zfs or xfs are used this is only supported with the grub2 bootloader.
* Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Implement preferlvm=\"true|false\" attribute for When using filesystems which provides a volume management like btrfs and zfs do, kiwi will make use of it by default. With the preferlvm attribute the user can overwrite the default and prefer LVM for volume management
* Thu Sep 11 2014 opensuseAATTadamspiers.org- make the two vagrant box templates more consistent This makes it easier to see the differences which really matter.
* Thu Sep 11 2014 opensuseAATTadamspiers.org- remove pointless $xmlsize assignment This assignment is pointless since $xmlsize will always get set to another value soon after.
* Thu Sep 11 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not publish appdata for source rpms
* Thu Sep 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make suseImportBuildKey more robust (bnc #896126) Check if dumpsigs tool exist and don\'t operate on files which do not exist
* Wed Sep 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent building iso with empty loader directory
* Wed Sep 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added test_virtualboxGuestOS unit test
* Wed Sep 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update unit tests due to ovf osType adaptions
* Wed Sep 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed OVF creation for writing osType osType is a subsection of the OperatingSystemSection not an attribute osType was supported for VMware vmw: flagged systems. This patch adds osType support for virtualbox vbox: flagged systems too
* Tue Sep 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.158 released
* Tue Sep 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requirement for perl-Config-IniFiles (bnc #895623) Older versions of this module doesn\'t have the \'exists\' method which is used by kiwi
* Tue Sep 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Remove obsolete/unused code from KIWILog::setFlag
* Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for message logging prevent obsolete in cache newline
* Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added missing lvmetad tool The tools is required to scan the LVM metadata if it does live on e.g md devices. It seems the default internal scanning did not work correctly on pvresize, vgchange, etc...
* Mon Sep 08 2014 aosthofAATTsuse.de- Fixed indentation
* Mon Sep 08 2014 aosthofAATTsuse.de- Corrected typo (s/sda1/hda1)
* Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed building of vagrant boxes (bnc #895353) If multiple boxes for different providers are built at once kiwi uses the result of the first build as input for the next one which is wrong because it should use the same raw disk file for all format conversions
* Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t create /var/run (/run) tmpfs for SLE11 systems (bnc #895417)
* Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message logging Due to the status flags the sequence of log messages could look broken because of missing newlines at the end of a log message. This patch checks if a newline is required for the previos message when the next message is on the way
* Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed reset of cursor position to work on both stderr _and_ stdout This fixes messages displayed in flag colors to be correctly displayed in the standard terminal output color
* Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Put kiwiOVFConfigWriter.pm from critic level 2 to 3 because of too high code complexity for level 2. We need to refactor the ovf code but for now I just lowered the critic level
* Fri Sep 05 2014 opensuseAATTadamspiers.org- make it clear which directory couldn\'t be created If a previous build failed, it might have left the root directory behind. Giving the path in the error will help the user clean it up.
* Wed Sep 03 2014 aosthofAATTsuse.de- Added new firmware type \'ec2hvm\' to handle EC2 HVM instances properly
* Tue Sep 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 EFI setup for aarch64 (bnc #894307)
* Tue Sep 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed baseSetupUserPermissions (bnc #894378) The function should not operate on system user accounts. The function should not operate on accounts without login shell
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.157 released
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIOVFConfigWriter rasd:HostResource for ovf:/disk The reference ID was set to a wrong value not matching the ovf:DiskSection section
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of virtualbox vagrant boxes Add hardlink box-disk1.vmdk to real vmdk image in box tarball
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIOVFConfigWriter Prevent use of uninitialized values
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update vagrant example for virtualbox
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added missing format attribute in ovf:DiskSection in config writer
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.156 released
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow bootloader setup to run on aarch64 for grub2 and uboot (bnc #894214)
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added virtualbox-guest-tools in suse-13.1 vagrant example
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed broken ovf:href for image file Within the vagrant virtualbox box creation the vmdk file was renamed but this action broke the reference to that file inside the ovf config file
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent creation of custom /etc/ImagePackages in netboot The information there is created at image creation time already and the call increases the first boot time. This fixes (bnc #893776)
* Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure kiwi initrd creates /run/log dracut stores its log file there
* Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.155 released
* Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure kiwi initrd creates /run/lock (bnc #893624) The location for /var/lock has been moved to /run/lock and /var/lock is a symlink instead. /run is a tmpfs and thus the directory must be created properly
* Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.154 released
* Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t prevent the pre-init stage if root= is set in the cmdline If a root= information is passed to the cmdline kiwi uses this device and wrongly indicates the system has completed the first boot by setting LOCAL_BOOT=yes This prevents the correct setup of the bootloader device.map as well as the bootloader config to be written (bnc #893368)
* Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent creation of custom /etc/ImagePackages file for the oem and vmx image types. The information there is created at image creation time already and the call increases the first boot time, related to (bnc #893368)
* Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed schema validation error output if the schema is invalid kiwi uses jing to create good error messages but the output of jing was not displayed
* Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Adapt unit test due to last XSL change
* Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed xsl/convert58to59.xsl to convert old controller=\'scsi\' to controller=\'lsilogic\' and not \'ide\' which unexpectedly changes the layout (bnc #893345)
* Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed NFS root mount, use nolock option (bnc #892672)
* Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed package update from sle11 to sle12 (bnc #893340) the man pages were moved from kiwi-doc to the main kiwi package between sle11 and sle12. Thus the main kiwi package has to set the correct file provides/obsoletes in order to avoid conflicts
* Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure e2fsprogs is installed explicitly in isoboot boot image descriptions for openSUSE 13.1/13.2 and SLE12 There is no package requirement for e2fsprogs which pulls it in (bnc #892087)
* Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requirements cdrkit-cdrtools-compat is a requirement on suse in order to correctly find the iso tools in the search path
* Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed legacy service insert/remove using chkconfig suseInsertService and suseRemoveService can deal with native systemd services and legacy SYS V init scripts stored in /etc/init.d/. In case of legacy services a call to \"chkconfig /etc/init.d/${service} on|off\" is issued but fails because chkconfig only expects a service name and not a full path.
* Sun Aug 24 2014 tbechtoldAATTsuse.com- Set sudoers secure_path for vagrant examples secure_path is needed to find executables under i.e. /sbin/ when vagrant uses sudo. This fixes the problem when using vagrant-libvirt and sync a folder via 9p which leads currently to: ==> devstack1: mounting p9 share in guest modprobe 9p bash: line 2: modprobe: command not found
* Fri Aug 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.153 released
* Fri Aug 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add RHEL7 JeOS template to kiwi-templates in spec file
* Fri Aug 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- RHEL7 parted cannot set swap flag, skip this flag setup
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added oemboot description for RHEL7
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added vmxboot description for RHEL7
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use lookup function to check for initrd tools pidof/killall5
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use menu.c32 for live ISO boot menu if not gfxboot theme exists
* Thu Aug 14 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix ovf file generation + missing name space qualifiers for- Description, Info, Network, OperatingSystem, Name + tag mismatch on line 38 of .ovf file + missing entry in schemaLocation
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.152 released
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use group_command=compat in yum.conf if this is not used I get errors saying: There is no installed groups file.
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed file logging log messages were still written to stdout/stderr channels even if a logfile was set
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added RHEL7 JeOS template
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added isoboot description for RHEL7
* Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.151 released
* Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update JeOS templates for SLE12 / Factory Fix ec2 type to use the correct loader and firmware setup Make use of LVM without boot partition as an example for the vmx type
* Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add grub2 modules for lvm and btrfs/xfs filesystems on demand
* Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update vmx|oemboot descriptions for SLE12 / Factory Make sure grub2-x86_64-xen is installed if a xen or ec2 profile is in use and the architecture is x86_64
* Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.150 released
* Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to boot LVM images without extra boot partition Added new type attribute bootpartition=true|false. The value controls the creation of a boot partition for disk images and overwrites the default layout kiwi would create if this is not specified. It\'s not guaranteed that the resulting image is able to boot with regards to the underlaying bootloader capabilities Given that grub2 in a recent version is used booting LVM images using extX and btrfs filesystems will work
* Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.149 released
* Tue Aug 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- store result of kiwi --describe in /var/cache/kiwi/describe + ignore /var/cache for inspection
* Tue Aug 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed adding packages marked for deletion given by the command line option --del-package (bnc #890195)
* Mon Aug 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.148 released
* Mon Aug 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __createTarArchive exclude pattern
* the pattern match for \'image\' was too global as we only wanted to exlude the /image directory from the toplevel
* Mon Aug 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure e2fsprogs stay in netboot initrd for SLE12
* Mon Aug 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.147 released
* Fri Aug 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.146 released
* Fri Aug 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- keep console keytables and loadkeys in initrd for pwd dialogs- keep klogconsole as debug helper tool in initrd
* Fri Aug 08 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- set up the baseproduct link correctly fixe bnc #891120 + SuSE-brand does not exist in newer distros, it has been replaced by /etc/os-release. Use the value there to try and provide our best guess about what the product is
* Fri Aug 08 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- generate the proper name for the network definition for vmx files + this addresses bnc #891100
* Fri Aug 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use systemd-vconsole-setup to initialize the console if present
* Fri Aug 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Optimize size of kiwi initrd
* remove unneeded python installation which exists only due to building the initrd rootfs using zypper
* make sure dracut scripts stays
* Thu Aug 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of IFS in bash boot code
* don\'t use internal field separator in main boot scripts to avoid tainting of the global variable space
* don\'t use internal field separator in user config functions in KIWIConfig.sh to avoid conflicts
* make sure every function in the KIWILinuxRC.sh pool starts with a localized and default initialized IFS value
* Thu Aug 07 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Fix ofw firmware type
* Thu Aug 07 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- SLED is x86 only Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Thu Aug 07 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Use the x86-64-xen or i386-xen format for the grub2 image creation on EC2 + this is a follow up change for b1be72f59f5f4498 addressing bnc #887801 we avoid the hacky symlink introduced by the previous commit. This change requires a grub release that contains http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/grub.git/commit/ChangeLog?id=9612ebc0
* Thu Aug 07 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- drop ppc64 profile for sle12 Starting openSUSE 13.1 we have no longer kernel-ppc64 available anymore Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Thu Aug 07 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- yaboot is deprecated on newer power distributions Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Thu Aug 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.145 released
* Thu Aug 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added missing handling for recommends in the libsolv path Also fixed passing the patternType value from the XML to the solver module
* Wed Aug 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.144 released
* Wed Aug 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fix report files generated by KIWICollect.pm The report files were reduced to only one package per included architecture, everything else was discarded. Fix done by Ruediger Oertel
* Wed Aug 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.143 released
* Tue Aug 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update JeOS templates for SLE12 and openSUSE 13.2
* pass splash to the kernel cmdline in order to display the default plymouth splash
* Tue Aug 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi --describe command
* wrong metadata reference still in the code due to a rename
* make sure exit code is set correctly
* fixed broken jpg menu icons
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.142 released
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed consoleInit, use /dev/console not tty0
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t block initial boot by warning messages
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed union setup in kiwi boot code
* rw/ro variables should not be overwritten with empty content
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build.sh jenkins test
* typo in option handling
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.141 released
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build.sh jenkins test
* requires a mandatory arch parameter now
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.140 released
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Varios fixes around OVF creation
* make sure return value from createOVFConfiguration is handled correctly in createVagrantBox
* make sure output of messages is not jumbled up by status messages
* make sure --format parameter is correctly handled when specified on the command line
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.139 released
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Adapt unit tests for OVF tests to be correct with regards to the size of the fake image and the size configured
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIOVFConfigWriter::writeConfigFile The size placed as ovf:capacity in the OVF metadata should be obtained from the real embedded image and not from the XML configuration. Reason is mostly that is an option in the XML configuration and also does not exactly match the real byte value due to alignment adaptions
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.138 released
* Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins test
* don\'t require kiwi to be installed on the jenkins host
* fixed tests to run kiwi from the git checkout
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.137 released
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwiOVFConfigWriter unit test The test has been written exclusively for the x86_64 architecture In order to not fail on other architectures I added an arch check when needed. Actually this is not an ideal solution and the test itself should be written arch independent. Thus I expect a follow up on this one soon
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.136 released
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t populate java classpath warnings to the user when calling jing for showing detailed validation errors in case of an invalid XML description
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Several s390 fixes from Rudi
* s390 can use grub2, make sure kiwi can make use of it
* don\'t use route command, ip is the tool we want to use
* make sure dasdinfo exists in initrd
* fixed IFS restore bug in setupDNS
* fixed use of test \'-eq\' vs \'=\' operator
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted indention helper script
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation
* Fri Aug 01 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Add platform dependent reference results for the OVF write tests- Make the OVF write test platform independent
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update indention level to 4 spaces
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update .indent helper script to use 4 spaces as indention
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed indention typos in createOVFConfiguration
* Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed disk partition alignment calculation. As we setup the disk by numbers of sectors it\'s required to handle the alignment boundary sectorsize conform
* Thu Jul 31 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- oblige by the new indentation style
* Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of HERE documents in shell code The move from tabs to spaces needs an adaption of the end-of-document indicator
* Thu Jul 31 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Unit tests for the new OVF config file write + Include reference results using the new file comparison mechanism
* Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Changed indention from tabs to spaces
* Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure disk alignment and start sector values used to create the image disk are stored in the initrd because they are needed when the disk is repartitioned in an OEM deploy process
* Thu Jul 31 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Implement OVF config writer class + This isolates the configuration writing functionality from other code and makes it unit testable. + Update the ovf file writing to more closely resemble what vCloud expects + Tie the new class into the config writer factory + Use the new code in ImageFormat directly, more restructuring is needed to use the factory.- Only create a manifest file for OVA, it is not expected or needed for OVF
* Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file Provides for kiwi-requires meta package The kiwi-requires package is used by the buildservice to resolve package requirements according to the selected build type. In case of docker and tbz types the needed Provides tag was missing
* Thu Jul 31 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Prevent DiskStartSector values below the global default Since the DiskAlignment value is used to calculate the DiskStartSector it is possible to have a too small value. To prevent this the global DiskStartSector default is used if the DiskAlignment value is smaller. This behavior can be overwritten by using the parameter--disk-start-sector.
* Thu Jul 31 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Add notset support to the test log + The KIWILog implements notset indicators. The test log needs to handle this to support testing more code- Implement file comparison support + Thus far we have encoded reference results in the test directly. This is not practical when comparing larger generated files such as container or ovf configuration files. This implements support for storing reference results as files and using the reference results for comparison
* Thu Jul 31 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Set disk alignment default value to 1 MB A value of 1 MB should be fine for most SSDs and doesn\'t have any impact on regular hard disks. It can be changed with the parameter --disk-alignment.
* Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added unit information to default values in KIWIGlobals Also set default disk alignment to 4 KB
* Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update .indent helper script
* handle all files except Makefile and .git metadata
* check and re-apply permission bits
* use two spaces for one tab
* Thu Jul 31 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Show information about disk alignment during build
* Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.135 released
* Thu Jul 31 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Adapt getSector to consider DiskAlignment values in KB
* Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Be more clear in variable assignment with regards to name vs. content
* Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Improve logging of errors for session scripts kiwi creates session scripts running in screen logging all output to the kiwi logfile. In case of an error we only want to see the stderr information and not the entire history
* Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in message texts
* Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update bash completion Added possible options for --upgrade
* Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Delete git from Recommends list in the spec file SUSE by default installs all recommended packages which increases the amount of software installed when kiwi is installed by an unnecessary number of packages
* Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed logging module
* delete obsolete and unused code from KIWILog
* make sure error log messages are printed on stderr
* delete obsolete --log-port option
* Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- use count information from IO::Select to loop through available data for reading
* Wed Jul 30 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Use value of provided DiskAlignment for DiskStartSector If a value for DiskAlignment is provided by the user it is also used as base for DiskStartSector. If DiskStartSector is specified by the user it doesn\'t get overriden.
* Wed Jul 30 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Fix comment about the default DiskStartSector size
* Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed OEM installer for LVM on LUKS images
* Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure LUKS encoding is not applied if the given device already contains a LUKS container
* Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t call losetup with stderr redirected to stdout if the show option is used. potential error messages could then affect the standard output
* Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added check for given type name on the commandline compared to the selected build type in the checkType global function. If the commandline specified type is valid but not specified in the configuration kiwi exits
* Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Call cryptsetup in one central encoding function in KIWIBoot for disk based images
* Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add info messages for intermediate steps when creating the disk layout such like information about creation of md raid or luks extensions
* Mon Jul 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Support LUKS extension with LVM
* Mon Jul 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Avoid blocking IO in callCmd if large chunks of data arrive
* Mon Jul 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix open3 usage
* Mon Jul 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed --help output for disk-alignment The option value must be given in KBytes but the help did not explain that and the default value information used the wrong unit too
* Mon Jul 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- avoid warnings when rpm-md repos are disabled
* Mon Jul 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- avoid warnings when an info value is unset
* Mon Jul 28 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Pass along the DataAlignment to LVM and LUKS
* Mon Jul 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fail when a product plugin dir is configured, but does not exist
* Thu Jul 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.134 released
* Thu Jul 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of object variable originXMLPath According to the XML read code moved from KIWIBoot into a function KIWIGlobals::readXMLFromImage the path information was stored in the wrong module. This had an impact to the search path of the editbootinstall/editbootconfig scripts so that they were not found anymore if specified relatively to the origin of the XML description
* Thu Jul 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of repo URI with credentials information If there is no ?credentials= tag in the repo URI kiwi uses the default credentials file name \'kiwiRepoCredentials\' and does not fail using an uninitialized value $credFile
* Thu Jul 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.133 released
* Wed Jul 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of vagrant boxes for virtualbox provider vagrant\'s VBoxManage requires boxes containing ovf metadata which kiwi did not provide. This commit changes the raw box contents to match these requirements (github: #374)
* Fri Jul 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.132 released
* Fri Jul 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Fri Jul 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Update kiwi-doc-signkey.xml by native speaker
* Thu Jul 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.131 released
* Thu Jul 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed xen dom0 image builds
* problem was an invalid kernel pattern match
* Thu Jul 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseActivateDefaultServices
* distinguish default services for systemd and sysVinit
* add info message which service is activated
* Thu Jul 17 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- properly setup grub2 for EC2 usage [bnc #887801] + PV-GRUB looks for the grub2 modules in /boot/grub2/xen-x86_64, although this is not a \"real grub2 target. Symlinking to i386-pc does the trick. Using the prefix setting in the grub configuration trips up PV-GRUB.
* Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for calling kiwi from git checkout
* fixup broken locale links in source boot image descriptions
* added Makefile target to check/update locale links on install
* Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIArchList and KIWIUtil for style, conventions and perl critic
* Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of modules and base classes
* prevent redefine of class methods
* Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of objects
* write global function readXMLFromImage
* use readXMLFromImage at all code parts which need to read the XML description from an image file
* Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of objects
* move xen check helper from KIWIBoot to global space
* move kernel splash helper from KIWIBoot to global space
* move buildmd5sum helper from KIWIBoot to global space
* prevent instances of KIWIBoot just for the purpose of calling setupSplash and/or buildmd5sum
* Tue Jul 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation (bnc #886791)
* Added Chapter how to include rpm signing keys
* Tue Jul 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure all KMS drivers are present in boot images (bnc #887148)
* fixed for SLE12 and openSUSE boot descriptions
* Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.130 released
* Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Makefile, wrong use of pushd/popd
* Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.129 released
* Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t taint the system with rpm host package keys (bnc #886791)
* kiwi imports host rpm package keys during preparation of the new root filesystem. This is ok but after preparation these keys should be removed again because we don\'t want to have host keys in the new root filesystem
* Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update bundler
* raw disk images are now bundled as xz compressed files
* Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in usage message
* option is called --destdir not --dest-dir
* Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for calling kiwi from git checkout
* fixup broken include links in source boot image descriptions
* added Makefile target to check/update include links on install
* update kiwi call command to set System path
* Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added kiwi call command to run kiwi from a git checkout
* Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed lib path search in kiwi.pl
* multiple lib statements overwrites each other. correct use is use lib LIST
* Fri Jul 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.128 released
* Fri Jul 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added function updateProtectiveMBR to the boot code
* if the protective MBR in a GPT table contains partitions marked as active this could cause the EFI firmware to ignore this disk. Thus it\'s important to check and update the protective MBR at deployment time
* Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installBootLoaderGrub2 for EFI legacy BIOS boot
* in this mode we have to install the bootloader for the i386-pc target
* Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installBootLoader to work with x86 architecture again
* Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent lazy umounts
* revert commit: 58308ed, can\'t cleanly umount devpts here this needs to be done differently
* if the kernel can\'t free the resource there is no chance for the user to even see that it was mounted before
* Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for ppc installBootLoaderGrub2 changes
* add a message if no bootloader installation will be done
* Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure devpts and sysfs exists in bootstrap phase too
* Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup for coding style and conventions
* Thu Jul 10 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Rewrite searchOFBoot function Use chosen/bootpath from device-tree to find a device we\'ve booted from. This is more reliable than searching for PROM id, which is not available under KVM Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Thu Jul 10 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Don\'t write MBR ID on non x86 architectures Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Thu Jul 10 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- PowerPC kernel is vmlinux Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Wed Jul 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update setupBootLoaderGrub2Recovery function + video_bochs and video_cirrus were removed from grub2
* Wed Jul 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for; Don\'t use video_ grub2 modules + video_bochs and video_cirrus were removed from grub2 Thus don\'t use this modules for efi grub2 images too
* Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.127 released
* Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure squashfs module is loaded in any case Depending on the install method udev does not auto load the squashfs module if there is a cascade of loop devices to the target file. This happens if e.g the install iso is used as a disk in hybrid mode
* Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.126 released
* Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation + Added information about handleSplash hook
* Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent initrd code to break console setup Many people using more than one active console stumbled over the problem that messages gets lost while the system is booting the first time with the kiwi initrd. The following changes fixes this:
* Setting up console by using udev\'s console_init
* Added handleSplash hook at the end of the hideSplash function and let kiwi only disable the splash if there is one active console
* There is not much value using klogconsole to set the kernel default loglevel. Delete this code and the no longer needed klogconsole tool from the kiwi initrd
* Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use video_ grub2 modules + video_bochs and video_cirrus were removed from grub2
* Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted ifplugd from SLE12 JeOS template + ifplugd does not exist in main SLE12 repo
* Fri Jul 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.125 released
* Fri Jul 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Enhance installation procedure for legacy grub loader If a system root tree is present we install the loader from within the system root tree via chroot. This is to allow use of legacy grub on host systems which dropped grub
* Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.124 released
* Thu Jul 03 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- SLE12 PowerPC template fix SLE12 switched to default kernel flavor for Power
* Thu Jul 03 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Add ofw firmware type for Power
* Thu Jul 03 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Some architectures have kernel unpacked
* Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- travis setup up and running, removed prophet scripts and data
* Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwiRuntimeChecker unit test + the case without zypper installed is not an error. Thus the return message is of type info not error
* Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis setup + we need syslinux for the tests
* Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis setup + we need xsltproc for the tests
* Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed running tests in travis + changed kiwiLocator test to check for bash instead of perl because in travis perl is relinked to perlbrew + call prove with perl prove in order to make sure the perlbrew linked interpreter is called including all module INC paths
* Wed Jul 02 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Add grub2 for Power Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update perl module list + remove modules required by modules that\'s auto resolved
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update module include path for prove calls
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + force install of modules with cpanm
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + add more information about installed prerequiremets
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update .perlmodules list for travis + List::MoreUtils was missing
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + make sure all required perl modules are fetched
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed perl include path for calling tests in travis
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + install perl modules as system modules
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed perl include path for calling tests in travis
* Wed Jul 02 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- avoid listing packages twice if target destination is the same. eg. noarch on multi-arch medias
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Provide additional module include path for travis It looks like the install routine in travis installs in /home/travis thus we need to use this path as additional include path in prove
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + don\'t stick to a specific perl version
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure unit test cleanup scripts runs using bash
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + require Test::Unit::Lite in install section
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Rename markdown files to use the .md extension
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update repository README
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script command to match kiwi tests
* Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added Travis configuration file Would like to use travis-ci.org instead of prophet because there we just can use the hosting service for open projects like kiwi is one
* Mon Jun 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.123 released
* Mon Jun 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added prophet setup script Prophet uses the git api to set status messages in pull requests. In kiwi it\'s used to auto run the unit tests for each open request
* Sat Jun 28 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- allow \"raw\" as a format specifier + raw is the default image creation format and kiwi always creates a .raw file. However the user may want to specify the default as the format and we should not error out when the default is explicitly specified, as is the case today.
* Thu Jun 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.122 released
* Thu Jun 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed provides tags for main kiwi package The buildservice handles provides tags named kiwi-image: taken into account for setting up a buildsystem when an image build is requested. The tbz provides was missing and the lxc provides was wrong
* Thu Jun 26 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- link COPYING files to satisfy license checks of kiwi-instsource submissions
* Thu Jun 26 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- KIWICollect: no leading dash in zypp product file when release is undefined
* Wed Jun 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update openSUSE 13.2 JeOS template + Set openSUSE:Factory/snapshot repository + Set namedCollection base pattern + Set openSUSE-release
* Wed Jun 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added URI pattern to correctly resolve openSUSE:Factory/snapshot
* Wed Jun 25 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- copy also README.BETA to .license directory (bnc#882034)
* Tue Jun 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.121 released
* Tue Jun 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed buildservice -requires meta package requirements In SLE12 grub is obsoleted by sles-release thus no package is allowed to require it
* Tue Jun 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.120 released
* Mon Jun 23 2014 tbechtoldAATTsuse.com- Add suse-SLES11/suse-vagrant-box example
* Mon Jun 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed solvable pattern metadata creation The new pattern system allows to pass the option -X to the libsolv
*2solv tools. If this option is not passed no pattern metadata is created in the solvable file. kiwi now checks if the libsolv tools are capable of -X and passes the option
* Mon Jun 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.119 released
* Sat Jun 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update bash completion file
* split into commands and options for commands
* Fri Jun 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up implementation for sha256 hash creation Use perl\'s Digest module instead of calling an external program
* Fri Jun 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added creation of sha256 hash to product bundler
* Fri Jun 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Correctly duplex stdout to /dev/console I still have the problem if we call e.g dialog in a new controlling terminal using setctsid all subsequent messages are only shown on this terminal even though the console might point to more devices which were correctly duplexed before setting a controlling terminal
* Wed Jun 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed building of firmware=\"ec2\" image in combination with grub2 The partition table type was set to gpt in this case but that is not desired for ec2 cloud images. In addition the partition setup was incomplete to allow successful installing of grub2 without a bios_grub partition which was not created for ec2 typed firmware images
* Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.118 released
* Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make livestick tool more robust
* added image check to make sure only a kiwi live iso can be used
* fixed signature check if the stick already has been deployed with a kiwi live iso
* Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure __getInstallData returns a uniq and sorted list of items
* Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.117 released
* Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation + add information about installpxe option in the man page + make it more clear which file is expected to the --install
*-system option
* Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed command call quoting bug in __isInstallBootImage leading to a Use of uninitialized value $2 in concatenation error
* Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __getHomeDirs in analyser code
* initialize pwd field with an empty (
*) password
* Tue Jun 17 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix handling of product variables containing just a \"0\"
* Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.116 released
* Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed install of grub2 in bios_grub mode
* Use grub2-install with correct options instead of raw calling grub2-bios-setup
* Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed error handling in recovery mode
* the progress information is shown by the continous output of a sub process of the calling shell. The sub-process has no access to the controlling terminal thus calling system exceptions there cause a hangup of the process at that stage. This patch fixes it by not calling exceptions and handling the result exit code of the sub-process outside
* Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed createFilesystem boot code function
* make sure btrfs creation uses -f option to force creation of filesystem even if another fs exists
* Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of recovery filesystem and rootfs type detection
* wait for the recovery partition device to appear
* use a journaled (ext3) filesystem for the recovery
* wait for the root device to appear
* Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed minor mkdir issue in setupBootLoaderGrub2Recovery
* use -p switch and don\'t complain when it already exists
* Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.115 released
* Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed user data view to take only users with a real password into account. System users are no real users in this scope
* Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of of uninitialized value $homedir
* Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added user data view to custom files report page
* Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update KIWIAnalyse.filter
* filter out var/tmp and var/lib
* Fri Jun 13 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix access to potentially undefined data structure
* Thu Jun 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.114 released
* Thu Jun 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added better handling of custom/unpackaged file in analyser Instead of an auto generated sync script the code to sync the data moved into KIWIAnalyseSystem. by default no sync file information is configured but a descriptive markdown readme including an example is added to the generated description. The user now only needs to place a file called custom.sync describing which files/directories should be content controlled and any subsequent call of kiwi --describe will do the job
* Thu Jun 12 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not overwrite product release number if it is set to \"0\"
* Wed Jun 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update createCustomDataSyncScript
* the script now requires an argument which could be the kiwi generated custom.files file. if called without argument an information how to use the custom.sync script is displayed The reason why we changed from default use of custom.files to a self provided information is that on real systems many custom files and directories exists but not all of them needs to be tracked
* Wed Jun 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.113 released
* Wed Jun 11 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix missing dependency to grub(1) for vmx and oem builds
* Wed Jun 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIGlobals::downloadFile function
* quote shell escape chars because the url is passed to lwp-download
* fix regexp extracting url credentials. the expression matches too much of a file path in the first ancor
* fixed cleanup of files downloaded if solvable creation out of this data has failed. Don\'t leave waste of data in this case
* Wed Jun 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi --info --select repo-patterns
* For SLE12 and Factory the new pattern system is based on rpm packages. Thus the solvable metadata has changed. This commit allows to get the patterns from the repo for the old and the new pattern system
* Wed Jun 11 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- require at least one instsource plugin via generic provide
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.112 released
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed return value for __checkQemuImg helper in image format creation. The function has to return the path to the qemu-img binary
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.111 released
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added kiwi-image: -requires package provides for OBS
* Tue Jun 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support usage of PRODUCT_RELEASE definitions
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.110 released
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update Summary and description for -requires meta packages
* Tue Jun 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- Add the OBS provides to -requires packages This avoids the need to manually track kiwi dependencies in OBS prjconf substitute rules. However, we need to disable the rules for current distros, but that will phase out via time :)
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.109 released
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure temporary copy of data from the initrd to the system is removed correctly within the cleanImage method
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.108 released
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS description
* make sure kiwi-templates will be installed
* Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use the KIWILocator to find tools qemu-img, mksquashfs and modinfo and call them with full path instead of relying on the caller shell PATH setup
* Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure getBootIncludePackages returns a uniq sorted list
* Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added argument check for disk device in livestick tool
* Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added ntfs modules to be present in isoboot initrd if used for creation of a livestick it enables people to do that on USB sticks with preformatted NTFS filesystem
* Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.107 released
* Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 recovery setup
* Recovery menu entry was not populated to all config files
* Thu Jun 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.106 released
* Thu Jun 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use menu.c32 for isolinux to display a text menu if no graphics theme is available
* Wed Jun 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed bundle-build result for vagrant image results
* Wed Jun 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up change for --bundle-build command Make sure the build metadata files .packages/.verified/.channel are part of the bundle
* Wed Jun 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo, surplus status flag
* Tue Jun 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up patch for KIWICollect::indexOfArray
* follow coding style and conventions
* Tue Jun 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added new class KIWIResult and command: kiwi --bundle-build --dest-dir Along with the new KIWIResult class the above command was added. With bundle-build and the given build number and build target directory kiwi takes the information from the build target directory and bundles the user relevant image files as single files and/or tarball suitable for publishing.
* Tue Jun 03 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- KIWICollect: fix order of architectures if one repository contains multiple architecture versions of same rpm.
* Tue Jun 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Write a kiwi.buildinfo file for each build The buildinfo file contains information about the build which will be used to collect user relevant image files according to the requested image type and parameters. The result of a kiwi build could contain intermediate build results which will be embedded in the final result and stay in the result directory in order to allow faster rebuilds. There will be a new kiwi post processing command which collects only the important result image files and provide them together with a build number.
* Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- In preparation to support enable/disable of boot partition + remove obsolete boot_id/root_id code from grub2 codebase for grub2 we don\'t search via id, we search either by uuid or by flag file + for other bootloaders make sure boot_id is set to the root partition id if no explicit boot partition exists
* Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.105 released
* Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure the selected build type is used in upgrade mode. With the wrong build type this could lead to unneeded runtime checks called and failing (bnc #880744)
* Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, kiwi-templates contains arch specific templates thus it\'s wrong to make this a noarch package
* Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub.conf setup for RHEL systems using legacy grub on RHEL grub.conf is a link to the menu.lst file
* Fri May 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.104 released
* Fri May 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure KIWISatSolver correctly quotes repo alias names in a way that the shell can still find files with e.g spaces
* Fri May 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure kiwi scripts runs in C locale (bnc #880674)
* Wed May 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up update jenkins prepare worker script + make sure validation runtime checks find all tools on the host
* Wed May 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins prepare worker script + make sure validation runtime checks find all tools on the host
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.103 released
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of versioned vagrant box json file
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.102 released
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-13.1/suse-vagrant-box example + build for two providers, libvirt and virtualbox
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to specify multiple vagrantconfig sections + one can build boxes for different providers in one build + report missing machine configuration only when it makes sense
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.101 released
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup examples and templates + remove obsolete openSUSE 12.1 examples + fix package lists and type setup according to result of preparation runtime checks
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update Makefile + don\'t use shell backticks, instead use make\'s shell command + limit scope of \'make valid\' target to the present architecture
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Extend scope of kiwi --check-config Additionally call the prepare runtime checks after validation
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check __checkSelectedBootLoaderIncluded Check if the selected bootloader will also be installed into the image
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in suse-13.1/suse-vagrant-box definition
* wrong indention
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.100 released
* Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed search path for
*.kiwi control files in getControlFile
* Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, remove obsolete kiwistderr information
* Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete setup of kiwistderr cmdline value. The kiwi boot code does not handle this information since quite some time
* Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.99 released
* Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update rhel-dump with regards to xz vs gzip change: 10aa35e3
* Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t start klogconsole if quiet boot is set (bnc #879768)
* Sun May 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Be a bit smarter in best guess of the minimum size for the boot partition if we need one. The function __getBootSize now calculates the size using some parameters to keep roughly 100MB free. This is more accurate than using a fixed size min default value. Setting a custom value for the boot partition using the bootpartsize attribute results in + Use of bootpartsize without any message if it is bigger than recommended value + Use of bootpartsize with warning if it is smaller than recommended value
* Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.98 released
* Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure the auto inclusion of a system strip section according to the bootincluded packages happens before image.sh is called
* Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- break up too long lines of code
* Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Better error message
* if no rpm db was found tell us where we searched for it
* Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed code duplication for calling images.sh
* Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.97 released
* Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed syntax typo in warning call
* Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.96 released
* Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure tools in bootincluded packages and archives automatically stay inside the boot image (initrd) without having the need for an additional section
* Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Use of uninitialized value $ENV{PATH}
* Wed May 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t call the rpm dump/reload if all packages are specified in the bootstrap section. In that case no rpm action happens inside the chroot. Thus it\'s not needed to dump/reload the rpm database. + It\'s not required to have the rpm db tools installed on the host- The rpm database inside the new root tree stays incompatible
* Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.95 released
* Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure we have /var/run and /run with the same bind contents inside the initrd and in the later system
* Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete KIWISchemaTest reference. image testing is implemented using os-autoinst
* Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update manual page
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.94 released
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIPromoDVDPlugin.pm to critic level 3
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWILiveTreePlugin.pm to critic level 3
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIFinishEFIPlugin.pm to critic level 3
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIPatternsPlugin.pm to critic level 3
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIMiniIsoPlugin.pm to critic level 3
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIEulaPlugin.pm to critic level 3
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update pre-commit not-clean list
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIDescrPlugin.pm to critic level 3
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added callCmd helper function to KIWIBasePlugin.pm
* Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIContentPlugin.pm to critic level 3
* Sun May 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.93 released
* Sat May 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __isValidBootFS constructor check in KIWIXMLTypeData The ext4 filesystem is valid for booting
* Sat May 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed livestick tool, the kiwi_hybridpersistent option takes a true|false value not a yes|no value
* Fri May 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.92 released
* Thu May 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use the fsmountoptions to mount the filesystems created for the installstick disk. The filesystem used to store the system image on the stick disk is different from the configured system image filesystem, thus the options does not fit.
* Thu May 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.91 released
* Thu May 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Instead of a symlink named box.img to the actual image file in a vagrant box, directly store the image file under the name box.img. Older versions of vagrant did not work if box.img is a symlink
* Thu May 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.90 released
* Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added rsync to suse-vagrant-box example template vagrant requires rsync to be present in a base box
* Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update vagrant support + also create a vagrant cloud configuration file + add box.img link to be present in the .box file
* Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added Vagrant box example template description + extras/suse-13.1/suse-vagrant-box
* Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed invalid entries in /etc/mtab On systems with /etc/mtab as a file and not as a link to proc kiwi left entries from the host system in the file which are wrong when the image boots up
* Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.89 released
* Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupUnionFS (bnc #877451)
* update UNIONFS_CONFIG only if all parameters have a value
* Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.88 released
* Tue May 13 2014 fcastelliAATTsuse.com- Remove lxc package from the docker example The lxc pacakge is not required by docker images, hence it can be removed from the template shipped with the examples.
* Tue May 13 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Don\'t generate TRANS.TBL for POWER iso It seems only POWER does TRANS.TBL generation. Let be consentive with other architectures. Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Tue May 13 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- drop license.tar.gz in root dir for rpm-md repos- fail when license.tar.gz misses one of the required files
* license.txt
* directory.yast license.tar.gz is still part of the rpm-md metadata directory
* Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for creating vagrant boxes In order to create a vagrant box the format parameter in the image type acts as trigger to start the box creation. Vagrant boxes requires some metadata in order to allow adding the box for a specific provider. Thus the following minimal type spec is needed e.g: The result .box file can be added to vagrant as follows vagrant box add /path/to/file.box Once added vagrant can run the box using the specified provider Please note the kiwi image for vagrant needs to provide some configuration like the existence of a user vagrant and ssh keys. All this can be achieved in a kiwi image description. For details visit: http://docs.vagrantup.com/v2/boxes/base.html
* Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update OEM PXE installation documentation
* Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use xz instead of gzip to compress the raw disk file in an oem PXE installation tarball. xz produces smaller results compared to gzip.
* Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added xz tool to oem boot image descriptions
* Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed suse-12.1 boot descriptions
* Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.87 released
* Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkContainerHasLXC runtime check
* if docker is used it\'s not required to have lxc installed as part of the container
* Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseSetupProduct
* if no /etc/products.d directory exists, prevent creating a broken baseproduct link
* Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi root init() function
* make sure manually created toplevel directories belong to root:root
* Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __isInstallBootImage sanity check for all install media postprocessing modes: kiwi --installcd kiwi --installstick kiwi --installpxe If the given boot image does not provide install capabilities the user will find out on first boot which is a bad experience
* Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed service disablement in docker types for non systemd based distributions e.g SLE11
* Fri May 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of live iso images with flags=\"compressed\" In this mode the live setup is based on a split image type and did not allow to have a persistent data block available in the iso. This patch changed this so that you can also use the hybridpersistent=\"true\" feature when using the hybrid iso on e.g a usb stick to store new data persistently
* Fri May 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added live iso type to SLE11 JeOS template
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Looks like memtest86+ does not exist for SLE11 anymore Thus removed it from the SLE11 boot image descriptions
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Update documentation, remove obsolete information
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.86 released
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in spec file, unbalanced %if
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.85 released
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup list of authors per package in spec file
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update package helper tools to auto update the kiwi-schema provides in the spec file if the kiwi RNC schema has changed
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added kiwi-schema metadata provides to spec file This was requested by the slepos team to be able to require the right kiwi version and schema to yast2-product-creator
* Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added compatibility fix for fetchFile function
* Instead of matching for the exact value \'uncompressed\' the function treats all values matching the expression \'^uncomp\' as a statement to indicate an uncompressed image
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __hasBootDescription runtime check
* the check should also work with custom user boot descriptions
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follup up fix for spec file requirements:
* need virt-utils for SLE11, use qemu-tools for anything else
* add virt-utils/qemu-tools to base kiwi package only
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added custom filters for kiwi --describe in KIWIAnalyse.filter
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild man pages
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update man page
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.84 released
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requirements: Replaced virt-utils with qemu-tools, virt-utils was dropped
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.83 released
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update schema documentation
* Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for directory check in cleanMount use the exact same parameter for test as for umount
* Tue May 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12 JeOS template
* install patterns with the namedCollection attribute
* make sure the desired release package is installed in the bootstrap phase to avoid the installation of this strange dummy-release package which I don\'t understand what it is good for at all
* Tue May 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed directory check in cleanMount If no repo alias is set the repo uri is also used as name for the mount point directory. In this case the name could contain quoted characters. Perl\'s test operator can\'t deal with shell escaped directory names. Thus we check with the shell test built-in if the mount point directory exists
* Mon May 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.82 released
* Mon May 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon May 05 2014 tom_schrAATTweb.de- Added some info about Docker and KIWI
* Mon May 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed check for .repo file The repo path is stored quoted for use use with the shell but the perl test operator can\'t deal with shell escaped characters and failed. Thus shell\'s test built-in is used instead
* Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.81 released
* Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseService function
* Use of undefined variable $action where it should be $target
* Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed 32bit EFI build
* if secure boot is requested, warn and switch to non secure EFI boot. shim only exists for 64bit linux
* fixed lookup of bootloader stage files. In case of 32bit EFI the lookup path must be \'i386-efi\'
* Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added 32bit efi modules package to boot descriptions for openSUSE 12.3 iso | oem and vmxboot
* Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed unit test Test/kiwiContainerConfigWriter.pm
* message output has changed in the container code
* Fri May 02 2014 fcastelliAATTsuse.com- Added openSUSE 13.1 template for docker target.
* Thu May 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __populateRepos in software analyser
* The CD/DVD repos from zypper were not correctly added as iso repo in the kiwi generated clone configuration
* Thu May 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed container image name extension
* if docker is set the extension should be set to docker and not lxc
* Wed Apr 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for docker image types kiwi supports creation of lxc images which are stored below var/lib/lxc/. The docker subsystem expects the image to be packed differently. Thus we added a new type: The information about the container name is optional in this case and if specified not used for docker type images
* Wed Apr 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in function name
* Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.80 released
* Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIBasePlugin for style and conventions
* in addition make the code perl critic level 3 clean
* Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins build script
* don\'t force output directory, leave it up to the test call to set an appropriate output directory
* Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 product plugin for style/convention
* also fixed code to be perl critic level 3 clean
* Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure wpa_supplicant stay as tool in the initrd
* Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- moved from xfs_check to xfs_repair, related to (bnc #853253)
* xfs_check will be gone in June 2014
* Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup/Fix messages displayed in resizeFilesystem
* print information about check and resize separately
* print information when we don\'t know how to resize
* be more verbose which device is resized
* Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in boot message Calling mkswap creates a swap space but does not activate it. The intention is to create the swap space thus the message should tell the user this and nothing misleading
* Mon Apr 28 2014 schwabAATTlinux-m68k.org- Spelling fixes
* Mon Apr 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- extract licenses in extra media directory for SLE 12
* Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.79 released
* Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed value and handling for profile variable kiwi_allFreeVolume
* If a volume with size=\"all\" is specified and in addition this volume takes a custom volume name with a custom mountpoint, the variable was setup with the kiwi default volume naming schema but not with the real volume name which lead to a boot problem when kiwi could not find the volume
* Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.78 released
* Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow ext4 as boot filesystem
* Thu Apr 24 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Use existing credentials name for repositories
* Don\'t add a credentials name to repositories if there is already one
* Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed pxePartitionInputGeneric In case of a raid setup via pxeboot the required partition type \'fd\' is not explicitly provided in the PART line of the client config. Instead the raid information is given in an additional RAID variable. Thus the pxePartitionInputGeneric function has to set the partition type \'fd\' if the RAID variable is set too.
* Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for partedGetPartitionID
* return if no partition label could be detected
* Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make partedGetPartitionID more robust
* If we can\'t find a partition label for the disk don\'t proceed checking for a partition ID and return an unknown ID \'xx\'
* Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message displayed in __checkCorrectRootFSPermissons LSB standard does not prescribe UID and GID values
* Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkCorrectRootFSPermissons runtime check
* Don\'t check for root/root permissions in root\'s home It\'s ok to have custom files with custom permissions there
* Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed recovery grub2 setup
* don\'t use fixed class and theme names
* Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use suse parted \'type\' command extension to setup swap partition type. This is done because the upstream way of setting swap type is broken in the suse parted.
* Tue Apr 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message displayed when the partition table is created/updated. Even in the case of creating a new partition table the message said something about repartition of the disk which is misleading. Thus the message changed to just tell the user about a partition process happening now
* Tue Apr 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.77 released
* Tue Apr 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed cache creation in --init-cache mode
* Sun Apr 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed --bootcd post processing mode
* Sun Apr 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed --bootusb post processing mode
* Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.76 released
* Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __hasBootDescription() runtime check for pxe type The type in the XML is \'pxe\' but the boot description is named \'netboot\'
* Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.75 released
* Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Remove suseCloneRunlevel calls from EC2 and Xen guest templates. They are obsolete since sysVInit has been replaced with systemd
* Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update service support functions
* remove obsolete suseCloneRunlevel and suseActivateServices
* use chkconfig instead of insserv
* enhance suseService to be called with on|off and sysVInit runlevels like chkconfig supports it. For systemd this value would be ignored
* Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update baseSetRunlevel() function
* support custom systemd target names
* Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use linuxefi/initrdefi grub2 commands only for EFI secure boot
* Wed Apr 16 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- installed prod file parsing is not important anymore disable horrible code for openSUSE 13.2 and SLE 12 :)
* Wed Apr 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.74 released
* Wed Apr 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed legacy boot support for EFI install stick images (git #341)
* Wed Apr 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build of install stick in EFI firmware mode (git #341)
* Wed Apr 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update media collect code to match coding style and conventions as well as remove/rewrite comments which are obviosly wrong with regards to the current code
* Wed Apr 16 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix parsing of product summary label on new openSUSE 13.2/SLE12 medias
* Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.73 released
* Tue Apr 15 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- drop .channel files for products, generate .report files instead The approach to generate _channel file for OBS maintenance is not working, since it requires the knowledge of OBS setup internas. There we drop this here, let kiwi generate instead report files which document which files got used. We can use them for diffing results, for tracking build results in OBS and obs worker can generate _channel files with knowledge of setup internas.
* Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure lvm2 tools stay in oemboot for RHEL
* Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Apply sleep for a while to wait for wwids to other architectures boot code
* Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- sleep for a while after multipathd and udev events are processed. it seems the data in /etc/sysconfig is not in sync with udev
* Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed invalid URL type log message
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.72 released
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message logging
* don\'t log message to already closed file descriptor
* Mon Apr 14 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Removed done statement from last Kiwi message
* The Done message at the last line was confusing, especially when KIWI exited with errors. To keep consistency and since the done message wasn\'t really needed because the last message is not a task it was also removed for the success messages.
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __hasBootDescription runtime check Code written by Tim Hardeck. The test looks up the required boot image description according to the selected build type if no such description exists the build exit with an error telling the user which rpm package is missing on the build machine
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed tests for KIWIRuntimeChecker code
* for each test call the corresponding runtime checker function and not the container method which always calls all of them
* added variable KIWI_NO_FS which allows to switch off runtime checks which accesses the filesystem. They can only be safely called if the filesystem environment is controlled too
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __hasBootLoaderTools() runtime check to check for the bootloader tool if \'grub\' is selected
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Apply /etc/multipath directory exists when starting multipathd also to other architectures boot code
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for the URL resolver
* really prevent LWP browsing calls
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup indention of templates and examples due to XML validation
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed URL pattern matcher and resolver
* eval on an expression violates perl critic expression eval rule
* avoid LWP browsing calls because this is often rejected
* Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure /etc/multipath directory exists when starting multipathd inside the kiwi boot image (initrd)
* Fri Apr 11 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Show an error message for missing bootloaders
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.71 released
* Thu Apr 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not write binary arch as channel scheduler arch- write full input file into channel files
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Change repo of current openSUSE 13.2 to point to openSUSE-current\" This reverts commit ee40f60594fa. We will use the final repo path and point via commandline options to openSUSE-current as long as it\'s not released
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.70 released
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Merge latest changes from oemboot suse-dump to rhel-dump
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Extend getDiskID function to work correctly for device mapper devices pointing to /dev/dm-X
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Extend device search in identifyDevice to by-uuid by-label and /dev/mapper for multipath devices
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed wrong comment in schema for the lookup path of the oem-unattended-id device name
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins product.sh script Support a hop host to allow searching for build results
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE11 JeOS template, use SMT repos
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins build.sh script Allow to pass additional parameters to the build
* Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Change repo of current openSUSE 13.2 to point to openSUSE-current This distribution is currently under development. Thus the repo path will change right before GA. This fixes the jenkins build test for 13.2
* Wed Apr 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for multipath devices true|false by default the scanning for multipath devices is turned on. The code in the initrd looking up multipath devices also checks for preconditions like the ability to start the multipathd and use the multipath tools. If you don\'t see the multipath devices in the selection list but expect this according to the oemconfig setup please refer to the kiwi boot log file for further details
* Wed Apr 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed diskOffset() function In case of DASD devices over a loop, fdasd needs to be used to get the offset to the first partition. In addition improve error handling and logging of the calls
* Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t remove unconditionally the gconv directory in basestripLocales function
* Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.69 released
* Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update livestick kiwi tool
* Use \'upstream\' branding by default
* fixed grub2 config, keep the gfxpayload livestick allows to deploy kiwi live iso images to the USB stick without destroying any existing data on the stick
* Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure overlayfs kernel module is part of vmxboot
* Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of disk image if filesystem type is set to \'squashfs\'. In this mode a read-only root partition is required but the flag to indicate it was not set with this filesystem name
* Sat Apr 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.68 released
* Sat Apr 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Call fdasd with force option to allow to work with loop devices
* Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- return early with error from setStoragePartition if tool to create the partition table can\'t be found
* Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.67 released
* Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed runtime check __hasBootLoaderTools check for grub2-bios-setup only if the firmare is set to: bios
* Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Avoid use of fixed 512 byte blocksize (bnc #864285)
* in order to just zero out some space where it does not matter if it\'s 512byte or more, use 4k instead. This is to stay compatible with 4k storage devices
* in order to write the correct zipl.conf for targetbase and targetblocksize check for the real physical blocksize and don\'t assume 512byte
* Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow the partitioner to also be set as part of the XML description (bnc #864285) Example: parted|fdasd
* Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.66 released
* Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- By accident the wicked package was added to 12.3 boot image descriptions, but wicked does not exist there
* Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Be more clear on the error message displayed when there are not test cases defined for the given image type
* Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added better information about test results when calling os-autoinst tests. There is a json formatted results.json file which contains an overall test result information.
* Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 and SLE11 JeOS os-autoinst tests
* Added a needle for the console picture to match
* Mark test as \'important\' in the test flags section
* Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.65 released
* Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file arch flag for kiwi-desc-
*boot packages Depending on which architecture the package is build the contents of the kiwi-desc-
*boot packages differ. Thus they are not architecture independent
* Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added os-autoinst test case for SLE12 JeOS In addition update the test cases to the latest os-autoinst version
* Thu Apr 03 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support new directory of appdata for products when building in OBS 2.5
* Thu Apr 03 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Print epoch for .packages listing
* Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- In preparation of multipath support make sure the tools and libs are part of the initrd for SLES12 and SLES11
* Wed Apr 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.64 released
* Tue Apr 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS
* use correct product name \'SLES\'
* use Minimal pattern
* Tue Apr 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.63 released
* Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prefer switch_root over pivot_root
* Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.62 released
* Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- UDEV_LOG env variable behaves differently between udev versions. Thus don\'t explicitly set it and take the default
* Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure sshd service is activated in SLE11 JeOS
* Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12 product detection in kiwi software analyser
* Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make setup of repotype an optional value:
* the section is now allowed to be specified without a type attribute
* the --set|add-repo commandline switches are now allowed to be specified without --set|add-repotype if zypper is used as package manager and no type is set for the repository the zypper auto detection is used. In case of any other package manager the default repository type rpm-md is used. An information about the selected type is printed if no type is explicitly set In a sequence of repositories added via commandline arguments using --add-repotype still requires to specify the type for all given repositories in order to be able to correctly assign the type to the added repository in the same way as this is required for alias and priority information
* Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- removed zypper version check from KIWIManagerZypper backend
* Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.61 released
* Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed udevPending, make sure access to proc is granted
* Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure pidof command exists in preinit phase even if sysvinit-tools was not installed as part of the system image
* Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure pidof tool is part of the initrd. This tool is provided in sysvinit-tools thus had to fix the boot image descriptions for SLE12, openSUSE 13.2 and RHEL
* Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed start of udevd
* prefer systemd-udevd if it exists
* provide only one function to actually start the daemon
* set UDEV_LOG level to info
* Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed startPlymouth to reset the console after plymouth has messed with it using console_init provided by udev
* Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t unconditionally set splash=silent
* this conflicts with a possible value set in the kernelcmdline attribute
* splash=silent impacts \'plymouth show-splash\' in SLE12 not showing any splash which is not the desired behavior
* Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added jenkins test script for testing OBS product results
* Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins tests
* added information about possible execution parameters
* make sure osc tool will be installed in prepare
* Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins/prepare.sh to be more robust with regards to local changes in the kiwi git checkout. basically the checkout is not meant for anybody to perform local modifications
* Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added overlayfs to be present in oemboot initrd
* Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed documentation about displayname
* Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL JeOS
* fixed repos for CentOS profile
* Added Oracle profile
* Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL JeOS to newer version of yum-utils
* Mon Mar 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.60 released
* Mon Mar 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12 JeOS image description
* exactly state which release package should be installed I decided for sles-release-DVD
* Mon Mar 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t waste too much time for waiting on link up. In addition wicked\'s dhcp client does that more efficiently
* Mon Mar 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12 JeOS template description
* module-init-tools is not part of SLE12 media
* release package is called sles-release
* Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.59 released
* Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file typo
* Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.58 released
* Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupNetworkWicked
* check for the exit code from wicked_dhcp4
* use debug and --test-output options for calling wicked_dhcp4
* add sleep between ip up and dhcp call
* Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for creation of %mysystems macro
* Add some comments which explain why we build the macro that way
* Restructure the conditions to be more readable
* remove building %mysystems macro for sle10
* Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Support creation of install iso images > 4g
* Thu Mar 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.57 released
* Thu Mar 20 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Allow newer versions of kiwi to be built in SUSE internal build service for older versions of SLE + SUSE internal build service does not define the sles_version macro, need to do ugly nexted if conditions. Luckyly we no longer build openSUSE versions that have the same version identifiers as older SLE versions
* Thu Mar 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed fixupOverlayFilesOwnership function The matching of files mentioned in passwd was broken
* Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed invalid conversion in printf call
* Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed block size used to check for boot sector code in the MBR after legacy grub has finished the installation
* Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.56 released
* Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use Miscellanea::RequireRcsKeywords in perl critic This module is not provided with the current perl-Perl-Critic packages.
* Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Reduce size of boot images for SLE12 and openSUSE 13.2
* packages installed by requires python and dracut are not required inside the kiwi initrd on first boot
* Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Display license(s) only if this was explicitly configured with statements in the XML description
* Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added jenkins test script for running build jobs
* Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-13.2-JeOS template The same changes with regards to products and patterns like on SLE12 applies to this distribution as well
* Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.55 released
* Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of support
* the value was not correctly added to the .profile environment
* In addition is often used in combination with the repository attribute prefer-license which downloads the license information and unpacks it below /etc/YaST2/licenses/base In order to let the displayEULA() function in the boot code find this files we had to extend the license search path
* Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Simplify jenkins codebase job script
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins prepare worker script
* install kiwi on worker to allow validation and building
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Makefile
* target \'valid\' should return non zero exit code in error case
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins prepare worker script
* typo in path name
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins prepare worker script
* don\'t use relative path names, we don\'t know where we are
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins prepare worker script
* make sure it exits with an error if there was an error
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins prepare worker script
* path to git repo checkout was wrong for pull
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure jenkins/codebase.sh update the git before calling the job
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added jenkins scripts:
* jenkins/prepare.sh: setup a worker
* jenkins/codebase.sh: allow to call unit/validation and critic tests
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.54 released
* Mon Mar 17 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- patterns are handled via rpm dependencies now. drop the plugin to extract old suse-style patterns
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup KIWICollect.pm for coding style and code comments There is a lot more to do in this module to make the code more readable and understandable. Thus this is just a start
* Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Provide more verbose warning message in __checkVMConverterExist
* Sun Mar 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed clicfs from RHEL boot descriptions Switch to a split ext3+squashfs live iso type instead
* Sun Mar 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed rhel-06.0-JeOS template
* allow easy overwrite via --set-repo of the RHEL distro repo
* yum-priorities listed twice
* Sun Mar 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE11 and RHEL6 JeOS templates to use same source pool from the Virtualization:/Appliances project
* Sun Mar 16 2014 magist3rAATTgmail.com- Dramatically reduce creation time of persistent storage. Also disable journal and use ext4 instead of ext3 to enable unibit_bg option
* Sat Mar 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file: directory /srv/tftpboot listed twice
* Sat Mar 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requires to be valid for rhel and fedora builds
* Fri Mar 14 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix package names for subpackage containers
* Fri Mar 14 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- use correct attribute for supportstatus
* Fri Mar 14 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix missing space for channel file
* Fri Mar 14 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- call create_sha1sum also when descrdir is not set
* Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.53 released
* Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure empty directories still appear as directory node on the kiwi analyse report page
* Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed accounting of items in subtree at KIWIAnalyseSystem
* Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t display a link to a non existing page on the report page
* Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added openssh to the suse-SLE12-JeOS template
* Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed product detection in kiwi --describe for SLE12
* Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed git check in kiwi --describe
* Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- The installation of patterns and products in SLE12 requires the use of zypper for SLE12. That\'s because the repository metadata has changed with regards to the product definition and in addition patterns are now provided as extra packages. In order to stay compatible the suse-SLE12-JeOS template adds the installation of the base pattern and the SLES product by installing the appropriate packages and includes a comment describing that the definition of and only works if the build host uses the SLE12 zypper
* Thu Mar 13 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- skip createpackagedescr and package translations for empty DESCRDIR case
* Thu Mar 13 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- skip createsha1sums and directory.yast creation if DESCRDIR is not set
* Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added compatibility mode for EFI images on SLE11
* SLE11 supports EFI only via the elilo bootloader with one exception which is secure boot. In that mode the grub2 signed module is used and the functionality is hidden behind an elilo wrapper program so that all tools e.g yast doesn\'t have to really support grub2. In order to leave a SLES image in a supported state it was required to adapt to this layout in kiwi
* Thu Mar 13 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- use cloud-init + cloud-init works for us now, we no longer need to depend on the acient sles-ami-tools scripts.
* Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.52 released
* Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed handling of volume size if no size/freespace is set In this case a default freespace of 20MB applies
* Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added \'pvscsi\' and \'lsisas1068\' as allowed disk controller types
* Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t set partition type if the default 0x83 type is requested In that case it\'s not needed to set a partition type because the parted default type is the same. In addition this workarounds the problem that the SUSE \'type\' extension is no longer present in parted 3.x
* Thu Mar 13 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Don\'t force ovftool for ova.
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add wicked to isoboot boot descriptions for SLE12 and openSUSE 12.3- Add wicked to oem|netboot descriptions for SLE12 on ppc and s390
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed dhcpcd from isoboot descriptions. wicked is used instead- Removed memtest86+ from isoboot descriptions. It\'s not on the media if you need memtest add it as bootinclude to the system image XML
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Code cleanup, shorten long lines
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of efi suffix to control when linux/linuxefi and initrd/initrdefi commands are used in the grub.cfg file
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 core image creation Make sure we use the grub modules from the target distro and not the ones from the build host
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Activate bootloader graphics for secure boot
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 legacy bios prefix setup If firmware is set to efi the prefix for the legacy bios grub.cfg was also set to the efi path which was wrong
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-SLE12-JeOS image template Use EFI setup by default, kiwi uses parted\'s bios_grub flag to stay compatible with the legacy BIOS
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed clicfs from boot descriptions for SLE12 and openSUSE 13.2 With overlayfs there is a successor provided with the kernel. In order to use clicfs add the package with the bootinclude attribute as part of your system image description
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed clicfs from boot images for ppc and s390
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-SLE12-JeOS image template Update packages names for plymouth, grub2 and gfxboot branding packages Update theme name, for SLE12 it\'s \'SLE\'
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added \'fs/isofs/
*\' to the boot image descriptions for SLE12 and openSUSE 13.2. The kernel people decided to build ISO9660 support as module now (bnc #867834)
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed netboot overlay setup code Make sure setupUnionFS is called if UNIONFS_CONFIG is set In addition correctly update the devices set in the variable by the setupUnionFS function and make sure unionFST has a value in all union modes
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed master-boot-code to be a required package The mbr provided with this package is only used if kiwi is called with the --grub-chainload option and the concept also only works with legacy grub which is on its way to becoe obsolete
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed listImage() to print a message if no templates can be found
* Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup/Improve usage output If you just call kiwi without any arguments you got the long usage list which is not very helpful. Thus this has changed to print a message what you could do next including a list of currently available templates
* Tue Mar 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed unionfs-fuse from package list of netboot images because it\'s not part of the medias. If you need the support add the package in the system image XML as follows:
* Tue Mar 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed templates for rhel_5. Due to the latest move of RH with regards to CentOS we focus on supporting CentOS/RHEL starting with version 6
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.51 released
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, use fdupes for SUSE only
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete run-init tool from kiwi-tools
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.50 released
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete lxc requires (bnc #867394)
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-SLE12-JeOS template
* build UEFI capable image by default
* build hybrid capable install image by default
* activate SLES boot graphics for ISO type
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed indention and variable quoting in the functions baseStripAndKeep and baseStripTools of KIWIConfig.sh
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added gettext in RHEL boot image descriptions
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build, make sure setctsid is provided in kiwi-tools for distributions which doesn\'t provide it
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed initrd creation tool call dracut vs. mkinitrd Merge the two function into one setupInitrd function and remove code duplication. Also prefer dracut if installed
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.49 released
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete comment from suse-SLE12-JeOS description
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed media collect code to match required perl critic level
* don\'t define scope of variables more than once
* return properly from functions
* use FileHandle
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup unit test code
* remove obsolete ec2 tests
* fix Common/ktTestCase.pm to include required perl unit test perl modules
* Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added \'make critic\' target for kiwi which calls percritic on the code. This will be used as one test in the integration testing system we currently setup
* Sun Mar 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed createCustomDataForType in analyser code Don\'t ignore empty directories- Added custom strip implementation in __stripCustomData which provides only the name of the directory if all data below this directory contains only custom files. Problem is that other types of data e.g repo checkouts might vanish from the report which is imho unwanted. Therefore the code is currently deactivated
* Fri Mar 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.48 released
* Fri Mar 07 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support for user defined subdirs for susetag meta data written by Rudi
* Fri Mar 07 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support generation of support flags into channel files, if defined via .kwd file format
* Fri Mar 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed misleading error message in setupReadWrite (bnc #867174) The function uses \'mount\' to test if the read-write location can be mounted. If not or RELOAD_IMAGE is set the read-write part is created from scratch and that action is logged accordingly. The possible error message from the mount call is a false positive information here and just makes people nervous :) Thus should not be logged
* Fri Mar 07 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support non-standard rpm directories for products Can be used to create pool channels without a suse/ subdirectory. Written by roAATTsuse.de
* Fri Mar 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi completion. Don\'t loose default completion
* Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.47 released
* Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed getNicNames in kiwi boot code (bnc #867148)
* The function should ignore the loopback nic \'lo\'
* The network code should not deal with any fixed interface name like \'eth0\'
* Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure \'ip\' and \'fuser\' commands also exists for the boot descriptions for s390/ppc and arm architectures
* Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure package providing \'fuser\' command is installed in all boot image descriptions
* Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure package providing \'ip\' command is installed in all boot image descriptions because the code using the obsolete ifconfig tool has been replaced by using the \'ip\' command
* Thu Mar 06 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- create channel file templates for products This is replacing the .packages generation code since it is similar, but the channel files are better defined and structured.
* Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add check for EFI fat image on iso media in makeIsoEFIBootable If the EFI fat image already exists don\'t recreate it. When building product media the image is provided by the installation-images-
* package thus no need to create the same thing again. Also add a loginfo entry in this case
* Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in function call for addBootLive It does not receive a parameter
* Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow Expand/Collapse of section in the kiwi --describe report page
* Wed Mar 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.46 released
* Wed Mar 05 2014 cooloAATTsuse.de- Skip invalid appdata files in KIWICollect For this we parse the XML and if it succeeds, we rewind and continue concat the XML snippets
* Wed Mar 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.45 released
* Wed Mar 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure GATEWAYS information from the wicked dhcp request is used to update the default route accordingly
* Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added bash completion script
* completes all long commandline options
* completes option values for --build|--prepare and --type
* Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup options list format long option first, short option next, option constraint last
* Tue Mar 04 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support appdata rpmmd repos- skip sqlite databases in rpmmd- default to sha256 checksums
* Tue Mar 04 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support creation of repoid tags inside of rpmmd repos- sync 13.2 code base with SLE 12
* Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of add-repoprio and add-repoalias options If either a repository priority or alias is specified on the commandline it must be specified for all added repositories in order to make clear for which repository the parameters should apply (bnc #865230)
* Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.44 released
* Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS template There is still no product definition in the DVD repo
* Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value $logdata If there is an undefined value passed as log data we should no do anything with it. In addition fixed a typo for the subsequent error message, missing newline
* Tue Mar 04 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- GRUB2 binary got renamed to fit HFS 8.3 We should have grub2 binary compatible with HFS\'s 8.3 format Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Tue Mar 04 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Adapt to ppc media layout change Media layout for ppc now looks like media layout on other arches Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed order of fstab entries created by updateBootDeviceFstab If /boot/efi is first it will be covered by /boot. Thus the order must be /boot first and /boot/efi second
* Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in kiwi-media-requires recommends list \'K\' vs \'k\'
* Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.43 released
* Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"- the controller type \'scsi\' does not exist for VMware\" This reverts commit 78077282df830e1f7d7b4e47f0953246186cca15 I did something stupid here and changed the key name of the config file which makes the config file invalid
* Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make git a recommended package in the spec file Modularize analyser code to work with and without git
* Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseGFXBoot graphics boot setup with gfxboot-devel Because of the change which uses isolinux as loader for install ISO media and not the configured disk bootloader as eltorito alternative loader we need both boot graphics formats available the one for isolinux as well as the one for the selected system bootloader. The code in suseGFXBoot reflects this for the boot graphics provided by packages but not if the user provides a custom tarball for use with gfxboot-devel
* Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed misleading function names getInstallFailsafe -> getInstallProvideFailsafe setInstallFailsafe -> setInstallProvideFailsafe This is all about if a failsafe menu entry should be provided to the image boot configuration or not. Thus the function names should describe this and not lead to the assumption that one can select the failsafe entry from the boot menu which is actually done by the installboot=\"failsafe-install\" attribute
* Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- the controller type \'scsi\' does not exist for VMware lsilogic and buslogic define scsi controllers. Thus use lsilogic as the default scsi controller
* Sat Mar 01 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Fix installiso for oem image type.
* Fri Feb 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.42 released
* Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed createS390CDLoader() for s390 media creator The s390 loader file cd.ikr was created on demand but the new installation-images packages provide this file. Thus there is no reason to create it if it already exists
* Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed custom files analyser More intuitive and not only directory based level 1 search in / Fix for rpm directory strip, expression would match e.g /emil in the same way as /emil1 which is wrong
* Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.41 released
* Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build for ppc and s390 Accidentally leaving broken links in the vmxboot descriptions
* Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.40 released
* Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file kiwi-tools should specify the %{_defaultdocdir}/kiwi as a directory entry otherwise we might end up with the directory not belonging to any package but files inside do belong to a package
* Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupNetworkWicked Use bin/wickedd-dhcp4 instead of the mainstream wicked program wicked relies on dbus which is not helpful within an initrd environment. Fortunately there is the wickedd-dhcp4 helper which just asks for the lease from the DHCP. The setup of the network interface and routing is then done by setupNetworkWicked but will change in the future if wicked becomes more mature
* Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure ip command is part of the oem and netboot image descriptions starting with openSUSE 13.2 and SLE12. Instead ifconfig is no longer part of these descriptions
* Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure wicked is part of the oem and netboot image descriptions starting with openSUSE 13.2 and SLE12
* Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added SLES12 boot image descriptions for s390 and ppc
* Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update netboot/suse-SLES12 boot image descriptions Package nbd does not exist on SLES12
* Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added command call information into kiwi log
* Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file
* Summary is first line after %package
* Summary texts more clear and not specific to openSUSE
* Update recommended list of packages for kiwi-media-requires
* Correct url for submitting issues
* Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWILinuxRC boot code fixes
* Added support for setting up the network with wicked Used by the PXE boot code in kiwi: setupNetworkWicked
* Eliminate the use of ifconfig in the boot code. write functions based on ip instead
* Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update unit tests to work with new schema version
* Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update all templates and examples to new schema version
* Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update schema version from 6.0 to 6.1
* added xslt stylesheet auto updating the schema version
* added xslt stylesheet auto updating opensuseProduct to product section
* Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Rename misleading to section Something like was weird
* Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file recommends db45-utils and db48-utils should be recommended in a row
* Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update list of recommended packages in spec file Problem here is that by default SUSE installs with recommended packages which in case of kiwi will cause a huge workload because e.g the recommended jing package pulls the entire java stack. Because of that the list of recommends has been reduced
* Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added virt-utils requires for kiwi-instsource package qemu-img is used for building products (bnc #865242)
* Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed call of file search method used with grub2
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.39 released
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure makeIsoEFIBootable is called in the SUSE/SLE installation media creator aka: KIWICollect (bnc #865242)
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for makeIsoEFIBootable (bnc #865242) Architecture string was not correctly validated
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Moved creation of isolinux efi fat image into its own function KIWIIsoLinux::makeIsoEFIBootable() and reduce code duplication. Related to (bnc #865242)
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.38 released
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update netboot boot descriptions for 13.1 and 13.2 Added unionfs-fuse package by default (bnc #865229)
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to use --add-package option also when building boot images. This is related to (bnc #865229)
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update NBD documentation (bnc #865237) NBD has changed their negotiation style from port to name based
* Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed nbd-client invocation in netboot (bnc #865237) nbd has changed it\'s negotiation style from port based server to name based exports. Thus the client has to connect to an export name and not a port the server listens to Example NBD server config: [generic] user = root group = root [export1] exportname = /some/file Example NBD localhost test: nbd-server -C config-file nbd-client -N export1 localhost /dev/nbd0
* Sun Feb 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure overlayfs and ext4 are part of the netboot boot image descriptions for 13.1/13.2 SLED12/SLES12 (bnc #865229)
* Sun Feb 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up patch for commit (bnc #865229) The copy of the initrd to /run/initramfs has to skip the special paths used for overlay filesystems
* Sat Feb 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up patch for last commit (bnc #865229) Call resetBootBind only if NETBOOT_ONLY is _not_ set
* Sat Feb 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupBootPartitionPXE in a NFSROOT setup the variable imageRootDevice is not empty but does not point to a real local device, it points to an nfs root mountpoint. Thus we need to leave the function early because setting up a boot partition doesn\'t make any sense (bnc #865229)
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi --info
* if there are solver problems, display the error information
* added object destructor to cleanup repo loop mounts
* exit with error if requested information can\'t be delivered
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.37 released
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of custom.files
* target directory was not set correctly
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.36 released
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requires and recommends
* lxc doesn\'t need to be recommended because the plain building task does not require lxc to be around
* clicfs has a successor with overlayfs and should no longer be recommended
* lvm2, squashfs and master-boot-code are relevant requires for building disk based images. Thus they are needed along with the kiwi-desc-vmx|oemboot sub-packages but not with the kiwi base package
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Compatibility fix for the \'git init\' call older versions of git do not accept a directory as parameter like the version we have in SLE11
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.35 released
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed writeXML
* The creation of the package items should use the native XML methods and not directly hook into the internal data structure
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed code reducing a package list to the minimum required solver list. The result is correct but it takes long if many packages are installed and the result is not uniq
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.34 released
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of kiwi template description in kiwi --describe
* use a fixed bootstrap section as default to avoid solver problems when building a new system from scratch
* add analysed packages and patterns to the image section and not to bootstrap so that they will be installed by the native installer inside the chroot
* instead of adding items to a delete section add them as ignore this will make use of the zypper al feature and is the better approach
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed capability check for old satsolver perl binding
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.33 released
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added git clone url to the result of kiwi --describe
* also added a function getIPAddress which is used for the clone url as well as for the custom files sync script
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed return value for getHardwareDependantPackages if no such packages was found the function should return undef instead of a pointer to an empty data structure
* Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed udev rule for suse-SLE12-JeOS lan0 nic name the match for KERNEL was still based on eth
*
* Wed Feb 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.32 released
* Wed Feb 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added lan0 persistent nic interface name based on a udev rule and a dhcp interface configuration for it to the SLE12 JeOS template
* Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed calculation of rest items on a leaf
* Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Flag hidden directories as \'hidden-directory\', hidden file as \'hidden-file\' and a file in a hidden directory as \'file-in-hidden-path\'
* Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make max_child an argument to createCustomDataForType Set max_child to 5 items for the big text files view but don\'t set a limit for binaries and modified files
* Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added wicked as package for SLE12 JeOS
* Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed report page, not all views got a hyper link
* Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Changed the way how custom files are populated in kiwi --describe
* Formerly this was done by creating a hard linked list below a directory called custom/ But this has bad effects e.g on programs checking how many hardlinks exist on a config file like it is done by e.g postfix. Thus we now store a file custom.files instead of an entire tree containing all custom files as input to an auto generated rsync script custom.sync On the report page the script is described and the user can now either sync all of its custom files which is in most cases not wanted or adapt the custom.files prio to the sync. Later there might also be a more convenient way to fiddle with custom.files
* Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Stop D3 displayed items at max_child = 5 and display the information how many more items exists
* Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure to canonical encode the perl hash to json
* Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typos in analyser code
* git user.email instead if user.mail
* don\'t forgot to close open file descriptor
* Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure analysis report page builds the menu in the correct sort order
* Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure RPM modified files get their own D3 report and land as custom files in the custom directory
* Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of git repo for analysis report
* transaction commit was not done after successful analysis
* git user and email were missing
* Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added warning message if no repos are configured on the analysed machine when using kiwi -describe
* Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized values in analyser code
* Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added SLE12 as target for the kiwi system analyser
* Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS image description Fixed a type referencing an openSUSE branding package
* Fri Feb 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.31 released
* Fri Feb 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed call of distro initrd tool
* don\'t rely on run-init helper program, does not exist with dracut and therefore not on SLE12 or RHEL
* add generic setupInitrd function which checks for either dracut or mkinitrd and prefers dracut if present
* Fri Feb 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fix suse-SLE12-JeOS description to work fur current Alpha Release
* Patterns are broken at the moment. They contain packages not part of SLE12 at the moment, e.g yast2-mouse. Thus comment out use of base pattern for the moment
* There are no SLES12 branding packages available. Thus comment out grub2 and plymouth branding
* Thu Feb 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Improve searching for custom files Make the code more readable, also skip proc/devpts/sysfs filesystems Along with that search in junks and make sure the xargs limit is not exceeded. Also reduce the list of searched directories with regards to the recursive search done by find
* Wed Feb 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of config-yast-autoyast.xml If this file is present in the kiwi configuration directory, kiwi setup an environment which activates the call of autoyast on first boot. The file install.inf controlls this environment. With this patch the parameter \'Textmode\' will be set to \'0\' which activates the start of yast on a X-Server and falls back to ncurses mode if no X-Server can be started
* Wed Feb 12 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Bless grub2 binary for pmac Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev
* Tue Feb 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure xfs_db is not deleted from initrd
* Mon Feb 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.30 released
* Mon Feb 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Incorporate KIWICollect patch by roAATTsuse.de downgrade isohybrid error to warning, this does not work on all architectures
* Mon Feb 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.29 released
* Fri Feb 07 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- handled the very special SLE 12 case for requires
* Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.28 released
* Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation
* Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.27 released
* Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file KIWIIsoLinux-AppleFileMapping.txt was moved
* Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.26 released
* Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Moved KIWIIsoLinux-AppleFileMapping.txt to metadata directory In addition change the prefix to .map
* Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Present custom files view links in a table
* Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed .changelog helper tool don\'t include conflict and merge commits
* Thu Feb 06 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Print user/group IDs.
* Wed Feb 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added preCallInit hook call to netboot boot image descriptions This hook already existed in oem and vmx boot images and was still not added to netboot
* Tue Feb 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkYaSTenvironment() runtime check With this check kiwi searches the given package list for entries starting with \'yast2\' in order to make sure the user has at least added one yast client module if either the use of autoyast or the yast2 firstboot service was requested as part of the image description. It has turned out that people using autoyast in kiwi often forget to add the required YaST client packages. This check cannot make sure that the autoyast profile works correctly, it also does not know which client packages are required but it at least gives a hint if no yast stack is installed
* Tue Feb 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed JeOS image descriptions Added a function suseRemoveYaST which removes the yast packages if they are not needed by e.g autoyast or firstboot service. Replaced the unconditional remove of yast packages in all JeOS config.sh scripts by the new function
* Tue Feb 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Implementation of new analyser code. Refactor the existing code to run faster and removed unused analyser code. In addition some tasks are done by shell scripts with regards to be able to use the same code in the Alfred project
* Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t limit suseInsertService to .service suffix for systemd
* The service file is now searched in several directories and as suffix .system and .mount is allowed
* Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.25 released
* Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupNetwork() function in order to assign a network interface according to the BOOTIF MAC address information kiwi searches through a list of mac addresses and if found assigns the appropriate interface. This search was broken because the MAC from BOOTIF is lowercase whereas the mac list contains upper case data. Thus the mac list data is turned into lowercase to allow a correct matching
* Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure image is filled with random data prior to the creation of a luksFormat on it
* Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __hasBootLoaderTools runtime check With this check we test if the tool chain to install the requested bootloader is installed on the image build machine
* Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added type attribute This attribute allows to select a specific set of options passed to the cryptsetup call in order to create a consistent luks format supported by the capabilities of the selected distribution. With this commit luksOS=\"sle11\" will be supported
* Fri Jan 31 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Added fedora deps.
* Thu Jan 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.24 released
* Wed Jan 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseTemplate
* use single quotes for URL and Alias when setting up repos in the auto generated config.sh template. This is needed if the URL uses special characters which are evaluated in the shell
* Wed Jan 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware
* added analyser for packages to become deleted. when inspecting the system the code now also compares the result of the solved required packages list with the currently installed packages. packages required by the solver but not installed are treated as unwanted and put into a delete typed packages section
* Tue Jan 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Remove desktop profile from SLE12 boot image descriptions (bnc #860792)
* SLES12 will not provide a kernel-desktop package
* Tue Jan 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed volume setup
* make sure non existing mount point directories are created
* allow the volume name .snapshot(s) to be a valid name
* Tue Jan 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkHaveTypeToBuild runtime check With this check the presence and selection of a build type is checked
* Tue Jan 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkCorrectRootFSPermissons runtime check With this check kiwi validates the consistency of the created unpacked root tree while calling the create step. Consistency means a number of LSB toplevel directories is checked for their correct root/root owner and group name. Recently people using NFS or ZFS as image target directory ran into the problem that the filesystem stores files under the nobody user identity even if the caller was root. The result is a completely broken system which should be prevented by this runtime check
* Mon Jan 27 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- generate \"scsi\" as the device type prefix for all controllers except for ide in the .vmx file
* Mon Jan 27 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- support a boottimeout value of 0 + at present we checked for boottimeout value to evaluate to true, but in Perl the string \"0\" evaluates to false although the string is not empty, thus the truth test failed an we used the default of 10
* Fri Jan 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.23 released
* Fri Jan 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed GRUB_TIMEOUT setup in etc/default/grub the kiwi boot code did not hand over the value from the XML space to the appropriate grub config file so that grub2-mkconfig did not incorporate the value
* Fri Jan 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed invocation of oemboot::postImageDump hook script The hook should be called in any case no matter which other oem install options are defined
* Fri Jan 24 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- ec2 example for 13.1 + forgot to commit this with the doc changes in 87b49253440eda
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.22 released
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure /var/cache/kiwi/satsolver exists when running a solver job
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, cleanup and update package descriptions
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, cleanup obsolete build requires
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec, starting with openSUSE 12.1 libsolv is used
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, the perl requirement should not be strictly set on a specific perl version, >= the distro version is more accurate
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, db45-utils should be a generic recommendation
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, squashfs exists on all supported versions no suse_version check needed anymore
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, clicfs is not a requirement
* Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added libsolv support to KIWISatSolver The class supports libsatsolver and libsolv, if libsolv is present it is preferred because it\'s the successor of libsatsolver
* Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- restructure KIWISatSolver class In preparation to support libsolv the satsolver class has been redesigned to work with both the libsatsolver and the libsolv implementations. Support for libsolv will follow soon
* Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of system installed solvables in KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware
* instead of reading all existing solv files in /var/cache/zypp we only use those which are enabled in the zypper repo list
* Wed Jan 22 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- add new mediastyles openSUSE 13.2 and SLE 12 to support handling of cpeid tags
* Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in suse-12.3-JeOS/config.xml
* accidentally committed an attribute change which was only meant to test a runtime check
* Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- some changes to the arm suse-13.2-JeOS template and code
* currently suse-13.2-JeOS contains only a profile for raspberry
* the vboot support uses no gpt if the berryboot loader is set
* vboot + berryboot creates a boot setup which let the standard raspberry loader chainload our uboot which then loads the kernel and initrd from a linux ext2 second partition
* Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* updates EC2 chapter, kiwi uses disk images instead of flat filesystem images now to support EC2
* Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed docbook syntax for changes recently done in kiwi-doc-ec2.xml
* Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWISatSolver to work with new solvables Unfortunately I was told that the current solver bindings provided with the perl-satsolver package will no longer be maintained. Instead there will be a new lib and package called libsolv. kiwi needs to adapt to the bindings for libsolv in order to stay compatible with the solver results of the zypper package manager. At the moment the problem of the new \"self-conflict\" feature could be solved by setting set_allow_self_conflicts in the old satsolver library, which is what this patch does. For the future we need to support libsolv though
* Tue Jan 21 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- final touches for EC2 changes + let kiwi add root= to the kernel command line for EC2 images this is needed to get the drivers to load properly + consider installfailsafe setting for grub vmx images
* Tue Jan 21 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update the documentation for the EC2 image build + document new commands to use for uploading images aws-cli vs ec2-
* commands + changes due to the new way of building images- we no longer create the bundle in kiwi _ adjust for removed XML elements- update the examples to reflect the new type element setup for EC2
* Tue Jan 21 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix spelling EC2 not Ec2
* Tue Jan 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for KIWIGlobals::mount() method let the check for disk or filesystem also work if blkid does not support PTTYPE detection. In this case we assume a disk if we don\'t get any blkid information. Older versions of blkid don\'t support partition table type detection
* Tue Jan 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed vmx type definition for EC2 usage in all templates
* use ec2 and ec2k boot and kernel profiles
* Tue Jan 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update oem/vmx boot image descriptions to allow selecting an ec2 setup profile and an ec2 kernel profile
* Tue Jan 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Support creation of install CD images for Xen dom0 oem type
* Tue Jan 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIGlobals::mount() method The detection for a disk device is now done by checking for PTTYPE using blkid
* Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo, missing result flag
* Mon Jan 20 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Change the way we create an EC2 image + Previously we created an EC2 image as a flat filesystem image this requred some special codeing and we ended up calling mkinitrd from within kiwi. As mkinitrd evolved to require a live root filesystem and with the impending move to dracut we need to start using a kiwi generated initrd. Therefore, EC2 image will now be created as disk images just like other vmx images. We also drop the use of the external ec2-ami-tools. Creating abundle is relatively easy and this functionality requires people to add thei EC2 credentials to the config file. That makes it easy to accidentally share private information. + Remove XML elemnts ec2config and its children ec2accountnr, ec2certfile, ec2privatekeyfile, ec2region + Introduce \"ec2\" as a firmware option we need this to set the partition table to be gpt instead of msdos + Print an error message for format=\"ec2\" during XML validation we maintain format=\"ec2\" in the schema for now to allow us to generate a more sensible error message than the parser would. This is an incompatible schema change + Remove EC2 region check in Validator + Remove KIWIEC2Region.txt + Update unit tests + Properly pass the boottimeout setting to the initrd config + Remove the XMLEC2Data object and its unit tests + Remove special code for EC2 initrd creation calling mkinitrd
* Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed ec2 kernel profile for 13.1/13.2 and SLE11/12 the required xen drivers were not added when using ec2 profile the xen package must not be installed when using ec2 profile
* Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added ec2Flavour profile to create EC2 VMX disk image types along with this change the examples using format=\"ec2\" were adapted to disk layout instead of flat (filesystem) layout too
* Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file Provide a better and more detailed description about the use and scope of the kiwi-tools sub-package
* Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follup fix for suse-13.2 arm JeOS image template, again repo setup
* Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suse-13.2 arm JeOS image template, repository setup
* Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.21 released
* Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in output message, wrong indention
* Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed call of setBuildType in KIWIBoot Do this only if a system image/directory is passed to the object
* Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Print information about which kernel is extracted from the initrd
* Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Changed SLES/SLED boot image descriptions to install all packages in one host zypper controlled bootstrap step. This allows using these descriptions also with older SLES products which provides a not supported zypper version
* Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed misleading error message when mapping the kernel file name to a common name. If a file with this name alredy exists we print an error but there is no error.
* Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update template/armv7l/suse-13.2-JeOS
* fix source path for Factory ARM, remove obsolete driver data
* Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.20 released
* Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of new KIWIFilesystemOptions object There were still references using fsopts as array and not object reference
* Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.19 released
* Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- handle packages marked as bootincluded in the bootstrap phase of the image build and not in the image phase.
* Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update arm JeOS image descriptions
* Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed labels configured in isolinux.msg The isolinux.msg is the text file displayed if no graphics theme could be displayed in the isolinux bootloader. In that message file the label \"Boot from Hard Disk\" was missing
* Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIManagerZypper, allow package locks Using an ignore statement in the section like this did not had an effect because kiwi did not set a zypper add lock on the specified items. This patch now takes care for the ignore setup and allows to prevent the installation of packages even if zypper would have selected them. If a hard required package e.g glibc is set to become ignored this of course will cause a non solvable conflict and the process exits with an error
* Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added install ISO compatibility link for non standard EFI firmware EFI/Boot -> EFI/BOOT
* Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 prefix setup in grub.cfg. if $root is changed by a search it\'s important to update the prefix accordingly- Fixed grub2-bios-setup call If the install disk is loop mounted while calling grub2-bios-setup the call fails the install command can\'t deal with disk devices mapped in /dev/mapper
* Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIImageFormat fixed use of qemu-img adapter_type option. If controller ist set to \'ide\' no adapter_type needs to be specified because ide is the default
* Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow vmxboot to boot Xen EC2 instances In order to do that the boot device setup code now also searches for the presence of the \'root=...\' information from cmdline as it is passed when booting via EC2. If found the given device is used and the system boots in LOCAL_BOOT mode
* Tue Jan 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware use system installed solvables from /var/cache/zypp/solv. This speedup the system inspection task (kiwi --describe)
* Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.18 released
* Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- diffChangedConfigFiles Be more verbose if a content diff for a modified configuration file can\'t be created
* Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseSUSE.kiwi use international standardized example domain and names
* Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware
* added a post solver task which reduces the full solved list of packages into a list of only needed packages with regards to the package requirements
* Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWISatSolver
* The quiet parameter was not evaluted correctly and caused a wrong code workflow and broke the solver result
* Improved performance of the solver. The preparation of the pool should happen only once
* Sun Jan 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation
* Fri Jan 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed static eth0 dhcp network setup from JeOS 13.1/13.2/SLE12 templates. Reason for the change is that network device names are no longer persistent starting with openSUSE 13.1. Thus we don\'t know about the device at build time and cannot safely provide an ifcfg- configuration.
* Fri Jan 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added in code debug switch for grub2 Currently grub2 debugging is switched off by default but for getting more information while grub2 loads it\'s useful to activate the debug flag by commenting out the line in the code
* Fri Jan 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added gfxboot-branding-SLES package to SLES JeOS image template when building install media we want graphics :-)
* Fri Jan 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added cleanup code for /var/cache/kiwi/zypper/repos kiwi should only use the relevant .repo files according to the repositories specified in the XML description
* Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- mount isofrom location with -o nolock (bnc #857824)
* Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- update all templates to schema version 6.0
* Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added XSL stylesheet to auto update from 5.9 to 6.0
* oem-align-partition element will be deleted if present
* Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- increase schema version from 5.9 to 6.0
* oem-align-partition has been deleted
* Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: remove information about obsolete oem-align-partition
* Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete oem-align-partition setup in oemconfig section
* partitions will always be aligned
* Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.17 released
* Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of $hybrid variable in createImageLiveCD The value is an integer not a string, thus checking for \"true\" will not cause the correct effect. This fixes the problem that isohybrid was not called even if the hybrid attribute was set in the XML description
* Wed Jan 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure mountpoint and checkproc tools stay in initrd (bnc #857824)
* Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed test for mounted directory in unit test ktTestCase.pm helper module
* if /kiwi is a mountpoint the script takes the wrong decision
* Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- compatibility fix for prove command on older versions of perl
* the option -f does not exist on older versions of prove
* Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed test for mounted directory in unit test cleanup helper
* if /kiwi is a mountpoint the script takes the wrong decision
* Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.16 released
* Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KTFilesystemOptions unit test the Test::Unit::Lite framework is used for kiwi
* Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed .changelog helper tool to allow transformation of git commit style comments into suse package changelog format
* Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed push to array to work also with older perl versions
* Sat Jan 04 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- move the filesystem options into an Object + eliminate a method in the Globals singleton that is FS independent, confusing and returns data structure that gets indexed, making data access error prone + first step to moving filesystem options into XML and unifying it with existing ZFS setting in the XML + we should not have disconnected ways of dealing with filesystem options + this will help with the implementation of
*Builder classes for the various filesystems- fix type in the command line test trigger- fix inconsistency when applying tune options for ext file systems for the root file system + previously it was possible that both user specified tune options and built in kiwi option were passed to tune2fs. The tune2fs manpage does not specify the behavior when the same option is specified twice
* Thu Jan 02 2014 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Switch to kmod-compat Otherwise you\'ll get a conflict in the build service: conflict for provider of module-init-tools needed by kiwi-desc-oemboot-requires, (provider module-init-tools is conflicted by installed kmod-compat)
* Fri Dec 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.15 released
* Fri Dec 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup isoboot code
* prevent use of fixed loop device name
* Fri Dec 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup variable setup for oemboot
* remove unused variable required for isoboot only
* Fri Dec 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot of split systems
* the loop device setup for the read-only squashfs part was broken
* Wed Dec 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyeCustomData: Create a custom.json file in addition to the custom dir tree The custom.json file contains the name, directory, binary and permission information for each file we found and categorized as unmanaged
* Mon Dec 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.14 released
* Mon Dec 16 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- Add templates for ppc64le
* Mon Dec 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: berryboot fixes
* berryboot can\'t read directories, thus we have to keep kernel and initrd and all other files on the toplevel of the fat32
* berryboot does not pass ATAG_INITRD2 to the kernel, thus we have to set address and size ourselves
* Mon Dec 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure gfxterm and gfxmenu are embedded into grub loader module
* Fri Dec 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: make sure the fat32 filesystem is created with the -I option + See mkdosfs for details on the -I switch. This finally fixes the boot problems on the Raspberry-Pi boards
* Fri Dec 13 2013 guillaume.gardetAATToliseo.fr- Update copyBootCode function
* Add support to check for /boot/dtb/ since DTB files will be stored in this folder
* Fri Dec 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: make sure there is no x86 boot code in MBR
* Fri Dec 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupBootLoaderStages grub module setup (bnc #847912)
* prevent the use of insmod and put them into the grub2 loader module directly. For secure boot dynamic loading of modules is not allowed and we also fix the undefined symbols problem as described in the bug
* Fri Dec 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed dn() function to work correctly with loop devices (bnc #855288)
* Thu Dec 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Update all JeOS templates to include the gfxboot-branding if the selected image type is \"oem\". This is done to have a graphics boot menu for install iso images
* Thu Dec 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Use isolinux to boot an install CD + Instead of using the bootloader selected for the image raw disk to boot the install iso we use isolinux which is the correct loader for an iso. In addition this now also allows to create hybrid install iso images
* Wed Dec 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- on construction of a KIWIXML instance, return early if no pointer to the image configuration directory is defined
* Wed Dec 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added better comments describing what eltorito boot image is used for an install ISO
* Tue Dec 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.13 released
* Tue Dec 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of report page in kiwi --describe
* better information about gem list, only system gems are listed
* clean list view, no empty lines
* Tue Dec 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.12 released
* Tue Dec 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Added better in-code documentation in KIWIAnalyseCustomData and improved the code flow by reducing the set of unmanaged data with the rpm managed data in the first place- fixed all KIWIQX::qxx calls which are called in list context The result of KIWIQX::qxx is always in scalar context, calling in list context will put the result as one element of the list
* Tue Dec 10 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- cleanup the evaluation of kiwi_ variables inside the initrd + the following elements/attributes accepts true|false values: , compressed, hybrid, hybridpersistent and ramonly These settings are propagated without changes to the linuxrc code that evaluates the variable to decide whether or not to perform an action. The evaluation in the shell code was based on yes|no an old relic that used to be use in the XML a long time ago. This update changes the evaluation in the shell code to true|false.
* Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.11 released
* Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update releasetags helper tool
* list all committed versions which hasn\'t been tagged and print the git tag command to tag it. stop at the current version which has been tagged
* Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.10 released
* Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of size of boot partition of an install stick
* the original code just uses the size of the initrd to estimate a size for the boot partition of the install stick. But this might be too small. Thus the function __getBootSize which also evaluates the value of the bootpartsize attribute is used
* Mon Dec 09 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- Added ppc64le link to system/repo
* Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.9 released
* Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: fixed suse-13.1-JeOS for Raspberry-Pi
* there is no MLO for raspberry, thus no need to check for it
* Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: berryboot fixed setup in config.txt
* The initial kiwi initrd and the kernel are in boot/
* Mon Dec 09 2013 adrianAATTsuse.de- fixed instsource-plugins support for kiwi v5.06.8
* the change in the KIWIQX module no longer exporting qxx had an impact on the instsource-plugin code. This patch changes the call to a class method call KIWIQX::qxx
* Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWIRuntimeChecker::__checkSystemDiskData
* if a mountpoint with a custom name is given for a volume the check incorrectly used the name as path but it should use the mountpoint as path in this case
* Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: berryboot fixes:
* make sure KIWIConfig::suseGFXBoot copies all required firmware and loader files from the boot image to the system image below /image/loader
* Sun Dec 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed simple initrd creation mode (bnc #854321)
* in this mode the inheritance of data from a system to the boot image is not needed because there is no system image just the boot image description. This fixes the handling of profiles passed on the commandline
* Sun Dec 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed simple initrd creation mode (bnc #854321)
* in this mode no image type was passed because the default build type from the configuration \'cpio\' should be used. Depending on the type the selection to build a boot image or not is done but at the time of the selection the selected build type variable was not set
* Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed copyBootCode method
* if no jump partition is set the function still has to proceed in order to check for boot code which needs to be copied if other bootloaders e.g uboot/berryboot are in use
* Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.8 released
* Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- berryboot fixes:
* make sure the boot partition indicator is set, because we need a fat32 boot filesystem to boot
* Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added openSUSE 13.1 JeOS template for raspberry Pi
* Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for berryboot bootloader
* This loader is used on arm Raspberry-Pi systems
* Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized variable $screenLogs
* if logging to the terminal is requested this variable is empty
* Thu Dec 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Simplify and cleanup the command executor module KIWIQX
* There is no code creating instances of KIWIQX, thus we only need class methods and should call as such
* If called within the package context the exit status will stay but can still be evaluated as part of the package. That way we can keep the backtrace feature and can better check if enough resources to call the command existed
* Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed extending the LVRoot volume
* if the size of the root volume is set via the AATTroot attribute in systemdisk and no other allfree volume was specified the LVRoot volume was extended twice times. first with the specified size which is ok and later to the full space because no other volume was specified to take the rest space. The last resize is unwanted in that case.
* Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update kiwi man page
* added information about new options added in previos commit
* Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Added the following options to the analyse custom files code 1. [ --skip-gem-lookup ]\
\"; Don\'t check for files managed by gem. Files managed by gem will then appear as unmanaged files 2. [ --skip-rcs-lookup ] Don\'t check for files managed by revision control systems like git, svn, osc, etc... Files from such repositories will then appear as unmanaged files. 3. [ --skip-augeas-lookup ] Don\'t check for files known to augeas. Files managed by augeas will then appear as unmanaged files.
* Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwi analyser default skip list
* proc, sys and others were not excluded because of an invalid search pattern
* Wed Dec 04 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- Enable ppc64le architecture
* Enable powerpc64le architecture, which is almost the same as powerpc64 but little endian
* Wed Dec 04 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- kernel-ppc64 -> kernel-default
* Starting with openSUSE 12.3, powerpc doesn\'t have special kernel flavor anymore.
* Tue Dec 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update example image descriptions in doc/ to make use of suseConfig again as long as we don\'t have a solution to use the systemd tools inside a chroot without affecting the host system setup
* Tue Dec 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- deactivate the use of systemd helper tools
* The following functions have been disabled because they use the systemd tools timedatectl and localectl. Problem is that these tools doesn\'t work correctly from within a chroot environment. They access the dbus daemon from the host system and thus they change the currently active configuration on the host system which is unwanted setupHWclock setupKeyboardMap setupLocale setupTimezone Instead the old suseConfig kiwi function is used again This function simply changes the configuration files inside the chrooted system tree. suseConfig is called as part of the config.sh kiwi script
* Mon Dec 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure search via \'type -p\' has a full path list- make sure the --nocolor option is used with the spin indicator
* Fri Nov 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.7 released
* Thu Nov 28 2013 magist3rAATTgmail.com- Improve squashfs compression for overlayfs option
* use architecture specific compression filter
* Wed Nov 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate the use of which in boot code
* which is an extra tool, it was packages, splitted, dropped and is handled differently in the pool of distributions. Instead type -p provided as shell builtin is used
* Sun Nov 24 2013 magist3rAATTgmail.com- Added xz compression support for initrd
* by default gzip compression is in use but you can switch on xz compression with the following entry in the .kiwirc file our $IrdZipper = \"xz\"
* Fri Nov 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed check for empty destination in cloneImage function
* Fri Nov 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OVA creation
* when using ovftool extract the created vmdk image and manifest files from the created OVA. This is required to produce streamOptimized vmdk images which can\'t be generated with qemu
* fixed Invalid value \'MB\' for element \'VirtualQuantityUnits\' for vSphere 5 in the .ovf file
* fixed allocated units set in the .ovf, vSphere 5 requires a value here
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- print a name sorted list when calling \'kiwi --list\'
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- support for SLE 10 is now deprecated
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added templates and boot-descriptions for SLE12
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete fbiterm font files from boot descriptions
* the bug in fbiterm which provided broken fonts is fixed
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- support for openSUSE 12.1 is now deprecated
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added templates and boot-descriptions for openSUSE 13.2
* Thu Nov 21 2013 thardeckAATTsuse.de- improvements to KIWIAnalyse: + added functions to create a diff of changed configuration files all config files are checked against the rpm database and if they have changed the original packages are downloaded and a diff of them is created. The original config files are stored in the cache to prevent another download of the packages at next invocation. The result is stored in the file \'changed_config.diff\'
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- prevent the use of which in the boot code
* use type -p instead and provide a function called lookup()
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of /boot/efi directory
* instead of checking for boot/efi check for the label EFI in the kiwi_JumpPart partition
* even without a seperate boot partition there might be a an EFI partition which should be added into fstab
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWIIsoLinux genisoimage paramter list
* if createLegacySortFile does not return a sort file the option -sort should also not be part of the commandline call
* Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Nov 20 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add missing \" in element doc- fix attribute name in element description
* Mon Nov 18 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- add default gfxmode for GRUB2 if no vga mode was set
* Mon Nov 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed gfxmode/gfxpayload setup in kiwi grub2 setup
* it\'s possible to set vga=\"0x* Mon Nov 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed company name in analyse report page
* Fri Nov 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.06 released
* Thu Nov 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- enhance pxeSetupDownloadServer
* if the image download server ip is not configured by $kiwiserver the function now also checks for the contents of the $ip variable which exists if pxelinux booted the kernel with \'IPAPPEND 1\' only if we did not get information from $ip the default name tftp.$DOMAIN applies as it was before
* Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed broken symlink due to move of results from intermediate build directory to final result directory
* Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use ovftool to create an ova format/archive
* unfortunately only ovftool supports the full featureset e.g streamOptimized images
* added a runtime check to search for ovftool if the format=\"ova\" is requested
* Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed support for controller=\"scsi\" in KIWIImageFormat and adapted the runtime checker as well as the unit test
* Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update all image descriptions to schema version 5.9
* Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update kiwi schema to version 5.9
* removed scsi as allowed value from vmdisk controller attribute
* Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added new xsl stylesheet 5.8 -> 5.9
* the controller type \'scsi\' does not exist for VMware. lsilogic and buslogic define scsi controllers. Thus this attribute value is moved back to the default \'ide\' value Using new controller types requires a specific version of qemu-img which means the only safe translation is back to ide
* Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OVF file diskname: file has to be the .vmdk in reference and not the .ovf
* Tue Nov 12 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- make sure etc/sysconfig directory exists before temporary copying the proxy configuration into the chroot
* Tue Nov 12 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed nested File::Find method fixupLinks in cloneImage
* entities found in $File::Find::name always exists, thus it\'s not needed to check their existence
* moved the code searching for links with relative pointer into a perl closure method named findLinksRelative
* moved the code fixing broken relative links into its own code block
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of rpmsort cache data in KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware
* the data was stored as reference but the reference was changed during the process
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove the satsolver cache when running kiwi --describe
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- open custom directory tree browser in a new tab
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of toplevel menu in kiwi analyse
* the menu should only contain items found by the analyser
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.05 released
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed push to array to work also with older perl versions
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.04 released
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added new CSS and menu for the kiwi --describe report
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed createDatabaseDump to force compression of database dump even if there is an older dump available
* Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- replaced static links by relative ones in the custom data report
* this should allow to access the report in a different directory than the default one
* Mon Nov 11 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- if format is set to ovf or ova it makes sense to create the standard VMware machine config file (.vmx) too- rename log message from \"Starting\" to \"Creating\"
* Sun Nov 10 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- added missing gfxmenu module for grub2
* This prevents the default boot screen to show a broken menu
* Sun Nov 10 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed temporary setup of DNS/proxy if cache is used
* the code returned before we could copy the appropriate files from the host to the chroot tree if in cache mode
* Sun Nov 10 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed cloneImage function
* if there are symlinks pointing to a relative destination we fixup the link still pointing to the right location with regards to the new origen of the cloned description
* Sat Nov 09 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed openSUSE 13.1 boot descriptions
* the default repo setup pointed to 12.3, but should point to 13.1 This is just for completeness and does not hurt because the repo setup for the boot image is inherited by the repo setup from the system image. But for standalone boot image builds it\'s corrected now- arm: fixed openSUSE 13.1 JeOS motd file
* printed some old information about 12.3
* Sat Nov 09 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed kiwi --init-cache to find the required typeinfo
* Sat Nov 09 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- added VDI support for VirtualBox
* support format=\"vdi\" in the kiwi type specification
* Sat Nov 09 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- partial fix for initrd creation for EC2 images + With the latest release of mkinitrd the multipath.sh script no longer exists. We need to check for it\'s precense before moving it
* Fri Nov 08 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- fixed OVF format creation
* Rasd entries must be in alphabetical order
* Fri Nov 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.03 released
* Fri Nov 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for spec file (bnc #845853)
* in distributions <= openSUSE 12.2 groupadd/useradd is provided by the package pwdutils and not shadow
* Fri Nov 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.02 released
* Fri Nov 08 2013 jamesAATTbear454.com- update openSUSE 13.1 JeOS template
* update etc/motd
* Fri Nov 08 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- enhanced controller type setup in section for vmdk
* added support for scsi, lsilogic and legacyESX
* call qemu-img convert with correct adapter_type option and check if the installed qemu-img suports the option
* write correct virtualDev entry for VMware machine setup
* Thu Nov 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file (bnc #845853)
* the PreReq\'s for kiwi-pxeboot were missing the shadow tools this is needed because the %post of kiwi-pxeboot checks for the user and group tftp and requires the tools useradd/groupadd to be installed at that time already
* Wed Nov 06 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- added support to specify vmdk diskmode in section
* monolithicSparse
* monolithicFlat
* twoGbMaxExtentSparse
* twoGbMaxExtentFlat
* streamOptimized
* Wed Nov 06 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- need to turn off multipath setup in device-mapper for EC2 images + with multipath enabled EC2 images will not boot
* Wed Nov 06 2013 schwabAATTsuse.de- added basic dir structure/support for m68k architecture
* Wed Nov 06 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- unbroke manifest.mf file:
* exclude new line between entries
* Tue Nov 05 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- fixed .ovf xml format
* need a space as separator between attributes
* Tue Nov 05 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- fixed building of ova format
* Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- keep error messages from db_test_cmd in createDatabaseDump under perl control
* Mon Nov 04 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- move the vmx guest example forward to 13.1
* Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.01 released
* Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- branched off kiwi for openSUSE 13.1
* therefore rebuild documentation for next cycle starting at 5.06
* Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix to prevent call of setupBootPartition (bnc #847893)
* if the hybrid RW partition can\'t be created HYBRID_RW will be unset, thus setupBootPartition would be called but we are still in a hybrid mode. In order to make that clear a new variable skipSetupBootPartition is set to handle all cases
* Mon Nov 04 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove %arch as alowed value for the arch attribute of a element + OBS does not subsitutue this use of %arch + kiwi has no substitution mechanism- Implement consistency check for ovf type + when the format of the is specified as ovf the ovftype attribute of the element must be set
* Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed system to boot data inheritance:
* make sure the value for rpm-check-signatures is moved
* Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed zypper package manager backend:
* make sure the value for rpm-check-signatures is used
* Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in kiwi --help usage message
* --recycle-root doesn\'t take an argument
* Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.44 released
* Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test data: patternTattrConsInvalid_2.xml
* both profiles my-first and my-second were invalid. this caused either the one or the other error message which could lead to a successful or failed test result. I changed the test data to be clear on the error condition
* Fri Nov 01 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- print nicer KIWICollect messages
* round minutes to integer
* Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.43 released
* Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __checkPatternTypeAttrConsistent test
* the test checks for inconsistent patternType combinations in specified profile groups incl. the default group.- changed the function getInstallOption() to decide for the patternType with the highest priority according to the selected profile group(s). The behavior before was to ignore the patternType if it was not the same value over all selected packages sections. This is imho too restrictive- update the unit tests accordingly
* Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- on arm uboot can only boot with a uImage or a zImage thus in case of the zImage kiwi should make use of it
* Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyse: added function importDatabases() to KIWIConfig.sh in order to allow the import of complete database sets. This is the counterpart for the recently added KIWIAnalyseCustomData function createDatabaseDump()- the config.sh created by KIWIAnalyse will automatically add an entry to call this function to allow the reimport of the databases during image creation
* Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyse: use `mysqladmin ping` instead of a netstat+grep to check for running mysql database
* Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyse: store exported dbs in